You are on page 1of 43

‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺷﺎﻛﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﲈ ﹰﺩﺍ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴـﺦ ﻟﻜـﻦ‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑـﻦ ﺳـﻌﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻫـﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺐ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺑﻮﻻﻕ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪﳍﺎ ﳾﺀ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺷﺎﻛﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌـﺘﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺨﺼـﺺ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﴩـﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﺕ ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‪ ) .‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﺛﻢ ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﺜﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻨﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻤﺜﻘﻒ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺘﺎﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻲ ‪( .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﴎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﴫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " -٥‬ﺍﳉـــﺎﻣﻊ ﻷﺣﻜـــﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘـــﺮﺁﻥ " ﻟﻠﻘﺮﻃﺒـــﻲ ﻭﺃﺟـــﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺗﻪ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳌﴫـﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﺴـﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﺗﻔﺴــﲑ ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﻓﻴﺼــﻞ ﺑــﻦ ﻣﺒــﺎﺭﻙ‪" :‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴــﻖ ﺍﻟــﺮﲪﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻃﺒﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﲑﻭﺕ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺁﺧـﺮ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺗـﻪ‬ ‫ﻟــﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻘــﺮﺁﻥ"‪ ،‬ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﻣﻄﺒــﻮﻉ ﻗــﺪﻳ ﹰﲈ ﻭﻃﺒــﻊ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺩ ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺜ ﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌـﺔ ﺃﺟـﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻣﺴـﺘﻤﺪ ﻭﳐﺘﴫـ‬
‫ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﻄــﱪﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐــﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﺑــﻦ ﻛﺜــﲑ ﻭﻫــﺬﺍ ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﺭﻏــﻢ‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﻓــﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒــﺎﺭﻱ ﻻﺑــﻦ ﺭﺟــﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﻣﻄﺒــﻮﻉ ﻣــﺮﺗﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺑﻪ ﳌـﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺴـﻌﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗـﺖ ﻟﻠﺮﺟـﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﳘﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺛﲈﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺤﻘﻘﲔ ﻃﺒﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﴩﲥﺎ ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻴﲈ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠـﺔ ﻧﺴـﺦ ﻭﻓﻴﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻗﺮﺃﲥﺎ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺗﻔﺴـﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀـﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻴــﻪ ﺣـﻮﺍﳾ ﻛﺜــﲑﺓ ﻣﺜـﻞ ﺣﺎﺷــﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈــﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬــﺎ ﻳﺴــﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴــﺔ ﻟﻠﺸــﻴﺦ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘــﻲ ﻳﺘﻔــﻖ ﺍﳌﱰﲨــﻮﻥ ﻋــﲆ ﺃﳖــﺎ ﺃﻓﻀــﻞ ﺍﳊــﻮﺍﳾ‪،‬‬
‫"ﻃﺎﺭﻕ ﻋﻮﺽ ﺍﷲ" ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻧـﻮ￯ ﻭﻫﻨـﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺠﻮﺩﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺛـﺮ ﰲ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﺇﻻ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺠﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺯﺭﻭﲏ‪ ،‬ﺣـﻮﺍﳾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﴩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺃﲢﻔﻨﺎ ﺑﴚﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋـﲆ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﺑﺤﻮﺍﺷـﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻟـﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳـﺔ ﻭﻟـﻪ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺴــﻠﻢ ﻣــﻦ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇــﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﺪﻳــﺔ ﻓﻠﻴﻨﺘﺒــﻪ ﳍــﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺛــﻢ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﻠﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ .‬ﻋﲆ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺃﻧـﺎ ﻋﻨـﺎﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﻭﻱ ﻳﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﳌﻮﺿـﻮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻓﻀـﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴـﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﲈﻧﻴــﺔ ﻷﳖــﺎ ﺧﺮﺟــﺖ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﻓﻮﻗﻌــﺖ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬــﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺮﺃﲥــﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻪ ﻋﲆ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺟﻌﺖ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻃﺎﺭﻕ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻔﴪـﻳﻦ ﳏﻤـﺪ ﺑـﻦ ﺟﺮﻳـﺮ ﺍﻟﻄـﱪﻱ ﻃﺒـﻊ‬
‫‪" -٧‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛــﺐ ﺍﻟــﺪﺭﺍﺭﻱ" ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﻃﺒــﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌــﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﻤﻨﻴـﺔ ﺛـﻢ ﻃﺒـﻊ ﺑﺒـﻮﻻﻕ ﺛـﻢ ﻃﺒﻌـﻪ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﺃﲪـﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﴫــﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﳌﴫــﻳﺔ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﻃﺒﻌــﺖ ﳎﻤﻮﻋــﺔ ﻣــﻦ‬ ‫ﺷــﺎﻛﺮ ﻭﻫــﻲ ﻣــﻦ ﺃﻧﻔــﺲ ﻣــﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻨﻴــﻪ ﻃﺎﻟــﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓــﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﺑﺪﻋﺖ ﰲ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻃﺒﻌـﺖ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺃﺿﻴﻔﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺑﻮﻻﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤـﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ‬

‫‪-١-‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻳﺎﰊ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘـﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺸـﻴﺦ ﻋﺒـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﻃﺒﻌﺖ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟـﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻭﻃﺒﻌـﺖ ﴍﺡ ﺍﻟﻨـﻮﻭﻱ ﻭﻃﺒﻌـﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻙ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﻭﻣﺎﺗﻊ ﻭﺃﻓـﺎﺩ ﻛـﻞ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻌـﺪﻩ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﴩـﺍﺡ ﻭﺗﻌﻘﺒـﻮﻩ ﻛﺜـﲑﺍ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻋـﲆ ﻃﺮﻳﻘـﺔ‬
‫‪ -١٠‬ﴍﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺴـــﻄﻼﲏ ﻭﺍﺳـــﻤﻪ "ﺇﺭﺷـــﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴـــﺎﺭﻱ"‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻴﻨﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﻤﻨﻴـﺔ ﻣـﺮﺗﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻃﺒـﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻨـﺪ ﻭﻃﺒـﻊ ﰲ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻻﻕ ﺳﺒﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ‬ ‫‪" -٨‬ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ" ﻟﺒﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻄﺒـﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺤﺎﺷﻴﺘﻪ ﴍﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﲆ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴــﺎ ﰲ ﺃﺣــﺪ ﻋﴩ ـ ﳎﻠــﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻛﺒــﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛــﻢ ﻃﺒــﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌــﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻫﺘﲈﻡ ﲠﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﳐﺘﴫـ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺘـﻪ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺟـﺰﺀﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛـﻢ ﻃﺒـﻊ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﰲ‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﲑﻳﺔ ﰲ ﲬﺴـﺔ ﻭﻋﴩـﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻣـﻊ ﺇﺿـﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﴩـﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﺟﺰﺀﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﲑﻳـﺔ ﻧﻔﻴﺴـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﺒﻲ ﰲ ﻋﴩﻳﻦ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧـﺮ￯؛ ﻭﻳﻌﻨــﻰ ﺑﻀــﺒﻂ ﺃﻟﻔــﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺼــﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺗــﻪ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻴﺔ ﻓﺠﻴﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣـﻞ ﻣﻌﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﻣـﻦ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺜﻴـﺔ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﻴــﻪ ﳾﺀ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﺼــﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﺘــﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺣــﺚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣــﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌــﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻻ ﺗﺼـﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣـﺎ ﰲ ﻓـﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒـﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﲑﻳــﺔ ﻓﻔﺼــﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺣــﺚ ﺑﻌﻀــﻬﺎ ﻋــﻦ ﺑﻌــﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼــﻠﻮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺮﻓﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﲨﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١١‬ﴍﺡ ﺍﻟﻨـــﻮﻭﻱ ﻋـــﲆ "ﺻـــﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴـــﻠﻢ" ﻃﺒـــﻊ‬ ‫‪ -٩‬ﴍﺡ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ "ﻓـﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒـﺎﺭﻱ" ﻃﺒـﻊ ﻟﻠﻤـﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺟـﺰﺀﺍ ﰲ ﻃﺒﺎﻋـﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴـﺔ ﺍﳌﴫـﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺛﲈﻧﻴـﺔ ﻋﴩـ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﰲ ﺑﻮﻻﻕ ﺛﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻃﺒﻌﻪ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺧـﺎﻥ ﰲ‬
‫ﻓــﺎﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻲ ﺻــﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﻠــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺴــﻠﻢ ﻣــﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻨــﺪ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺛــﲔ ﺟــﺰﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻲ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﻧﻔﻴﺴــﺔ ﻭﻧــﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻛﺄﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﴩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬـﺎ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﺟﻴـﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳـــﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻬـــﺎ ﻣـــﻦ ﻗﺒـــﻞ ﺃﻭﺳـــﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻤـــﲔ ﰲ ﻏﺎﻳـــﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺒﻠﻬــﺎ ﻃﺒــﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻨــﺪ ﻣــﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﰲ ﳎﻠــﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻫــﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﻭﲤﺮﳖﻢ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﳋـﻂ ﺍﻟﻔـﺎﺭﳼ ﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣـﻞ ﻟﻄـﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻋﴪـ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﻔـﺎﺭﳼ ﻣﺘﻌـﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴـﺒﺔ ﻵﺣـﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﳼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺒﻊ ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺘﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻤــﲔ‪ ،‬ﺛــﻢ ﺑﻌــﺪ ﺫﻟــﻚ ﻃﺒــﻊ ﻃﺒﻌــﺎﺕ ﻛﺜــﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﺒــﻊ ﰲ‬
‫ﺑﻤﴫـ ﻭﻫــﻲ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﺟﻴــﺪﺓ ﺛــﻢ ﻃﺒــﻊ ﻣــﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ﻋــﲆ ﺣﺎﺷــﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳋﲑﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴـﺖ ﻣﺜـﻞ ﺑـﻮﻻﻕ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷـﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺒــﻮﻻﻕ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴــﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳــﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴــﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﳖﺎ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ ﻳﻨﺒﻐـﻲ ﻟﻄﺎﻟـﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻨـﻲ ﲠـﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻴﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻴﴪ ﻟﻪ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺑﻮﻻﻕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻃﺒـﻊ ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛـﻢ ﻃﺒـﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳـﺰ ﺑـﻦ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﺭﲪـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻃﺒﻊ ﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ‬

‫‪-٢-‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨـﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﻣﺪﺭﺳـﺔ ﰲ‬ ‫‪" -١٢‬ﻣﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ" ﻷﰊ ﺳﻠﻴﲈﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﰊ ﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺣﻠﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻃﺒﻊ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪـﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻛﺮ ﻭﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻲ ﰲ ﺛﲈﻥ ﺃﺟـﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﻛـﻼ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺘـﲔ‬
‫‪ -١٦‬ﺍﳊﻮﺍﳾ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺳـﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴـﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋـﺔ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﳎﻠﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻃﺒﻌﺖ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻷﺷـﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﰲ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﻃﺮﺍﺋﻒ ﻭﻧﻔﺎﺋﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪" -١٣‬ﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺒﻮﺩ" ﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻈـﻴﻢ ﺃﺑـﺎﺩﻱ ﴍﺡ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳــﻂ ﻣﻄﺒــﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌــﺔ ﳎﻠــﺪﺍﺕ ﻛﺒــﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻨــﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫــﺬﻩ‬
‫‪ " -١٧‬ﺫﺧﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒﻰ ﰲ ﴍﺡ ﺍﳌﺠﺘﺒﻰ" ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﲨﻴﻠﺔ ﻧﻔﻴﺴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﳖـﺎ ﻣﺜـﻞ ﻣـﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧـﺎ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺑــﻦ ﻋــﲇ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺛﻴــﻮﰊ ﻭﻓﻘــﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻫــﺬﺍ ﻣــﺪﺭﺱ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻳــﺔ ﻟﻔــﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒــﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟــﺬﻱ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻌــﻮﺩ ﻋــﲆ ﺍﳊــﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳊــﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﴍﺣــﻪ ﻣﻄــﻮﻝ ﺟــﺪ ﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨــﻲ ﻳﺒﻠــﻎ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌــﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻌﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻊ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺫﻟـﻚ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﱄ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋـﺪﻝ ﻋـﻦ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄـﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺼـﻒ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻳـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺎﺑﻌـﻪ ﱂ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﳎﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﴩﺡ ﻣﻄﻮﻝ ﺟﺪ ﹰﺍ ﺛـﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﲈﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺼﺤﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " -١٤‬ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺬﻱ "ﴍﺡ ﻟﻠﱰﻣﺬﻱ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫‪ -١٨‬ﻣﺴــﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻣــﺎﻡ ﺃﲪــﺪ ﻋﻠﻴــﻪ ﺣــﻮﺍﳾ ﻟﻠﺸــﻴﺦ ﺃﲪــﺪ‬ ‫ﱂ ﻳﻄﺒﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺳﻮ￯ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻛﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﻌﺔ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺒﻠـﻎ ﺭﺑـﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻣﻌﺒﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻃﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﳏﻘﻘـﺎ ﰲ ﲬﺴـﲔ ﺟـﺰﺀﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﻧﺎﺅﻭﻁ ﻭﺭﻓﺎﻗـﻪ ﻭﻫـﻲ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﻻ‬ ‫‪ -١٥‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺷﺎﻛﺮ ﻋﲆ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﱰﻣـﺬﻱ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻷﳖﺎ ﲣﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺴـﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺜـﲑ‬ ‫ﻳﺴــﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﻬــﺎ ﻃﺎﻟــﺐ ﻋﻠــﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻲ ﺃﻳﻀـ ﹰﺎ ﻣــﻨﻬﺞ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴــﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﱰﻣـﺬﻱ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺃﲪــﺪ ﺷــﺎﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴــﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻬــﺎ ﻃﺎﻟــﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼــﺤﻴﺢ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -١٩‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳــﻄﻴﺔ ﴍﺣــﺖ ﴍﻭﺡ ﻛﺜــﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬــﺎ ﻟﻠﺸــﻴﺦ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺨﺘﻠـﻒ ﻣـﻊ‬
‫ﻋﺒــﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳـــﺰ ﺑـــﻦ ﻧــﺎﴏ ﺍﻟﺮﺷـــﻴﺪ ﺗـــﻮﰲ ‪-‬ﺭﲪـــﻪ ﺍﷲ‪،-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸـــﻴﺦ ﺃﲪـــﺪ ‪-‬ﺭﲪـــﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﰲ ﺗﻮﺛﻴـــﻖ ﺑﻌـــﺾ ﺍﻟـــﺮﻭﺍﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﻣــﻦ ﺃﻧﻔــﺲ ﺍﻟﴩــﻭﺡ ﻭﺍﺳــﻤﻪ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬــﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻀــﻌﻴﻔﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴــﺚ ﻭﺛــﻖ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺗــﻪ ﺃﻛﺜــﺮ ﻣــﻦ ﻋﴩــﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﺔ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﺯﻳـﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴـﺎﺽ ﻟـﻪ ﴍﺡ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻭﻳ ﹰﺎ ﲨﺎﻫﲑ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﲆ ﺗﻀـﻌﻴﻔﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺨﺘﻠـﻒ ﻣﻌـﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﻪ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻳﺔ" ﴍﺡ ﻃﻴﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻩ ﻣـﻦ ﻛﺘـﺐ‬

‫‪-٣-‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴــﺦ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﻋﺜﻴﻤـﲔ ﻟـﻪ ﺃﻳﻀـ ﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻟـﻴﺲ ﺑﻤﻌﺼـﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣـﺎﻭﻝ ‪-‬ﺭﲪـﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘـﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﴍﺡ ﻋــﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳــﻄﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸــﻴﻮﺥ ﻛﻠﻬــﻢ ﳍــﻢ ﴍﻭﺡ ﻋــﲆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﴩﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻧﻴﻪ ﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳــﻄﻴﺔ ﻷﳘﻴﺘﻬــﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺆﻟــﻒ ‪-‬ﺭﲪــﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺑــﺮﻉ ﰲ ﺗﻘــﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈـﺎﺕ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺴـﻠﻢ ‪-‬ﺭﲪـﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ‪-‬‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﰲ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﺄﺑﺴـﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﻧﻔــﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺷــﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘــﻲ ﺗﻼﺣــﻆ ﻋــﲆ ﻫــﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﺒــﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﻳﴪــﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣــﻦ ﻧﺼــﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴــﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑــﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻐﻤﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺤـﺎﺭ ﻣـﺎ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻠـﻢ ﺟـﻢ‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻌـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺑـﲔ ﺳـﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻔـﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴـﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺑﻤﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺭ ﺛـﻢ ﻃﺒﻌـﻪ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﺾ ﻭﳜﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻲ ﺑﻤﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﻤﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪" -٢٤‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻨﻊ" ﴍﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻳـﻮﻧﺲ‬ ‫‪ - ٢٠‬ﻃﺒﻊ "ﺩﺭﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ" ﻭ"ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ" ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻮﰐ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑـﻪ‪" :‬ﺍﻟـﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﳌﺮﺑـﻊ" ﻭﻫـﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﳏﻤــﺪ ﺭﺷــﺎﺩ ﺳــﺎﱂ ﺑﺈﺷــﺎﺭﺓ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌــﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛــﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﹸﻘﺮﺃ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﲆ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﴩــﺡ ﺣــﻮﺍﳾ ﻟﻠﺸــﻴﺦ ﻋﺒــﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺑــﺎﺑﻄﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺷــﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﺸــﻴﺦ ﻋﺒــﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻘــﺮﻱ ﻛــﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫‪" -٢١‬ﻧﻘﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺮﺩ ﻋـﲆ ﺃﺳـﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻘـﺪﻳﺲ"‬
‫ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺣﺎﺷـﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺟـﺪ ﹰﺍ ﺣﻘـﻖ ﰲ ﺛـﲈﻥ ﺭﺳـﺎﺋﻞ ﺩﻛﺘـﻮﺭﺍﻩ ﻃﺒﻌﺘـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺤﺖ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﳾ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺯﺑـﺪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸــﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺳــﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳎﻤــﻊ ﺍﳌﻠــﻚ ﻓﻬــﺪ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋــﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺒﻌﺖ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﳎﻠـﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺼﺤﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﺟﱪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪" -٢٢‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻴــﺔ" ﻻﺑــﻦ ﺍﻟﻘــﻴﻢ ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﻧﻔــﻴﺲ ﻓﻴــﻪ ﻋﻘﻴــﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ " -٢٥‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺩ" ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ "ﻛﻠـﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﺴـﺪﺍﺩ"‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻘﻖ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺎﺟﺴﺘﲑ ﰲ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﻴﺼـﻞ ﺑـﻦ ﻣﺒـﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﳏﻤـﺪ ﺑـﻦ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺑﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺛـﻢ ﻃﺒـﻊ ﺃﺧـﲑﺍ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺁﻝ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺍﳋـــﻴﻞ ﻟــﻪ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘـﺎﺕ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﻟـﺰﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﻪ ﺳـﲈﻩ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋـﺪ" ﺟـﺮﺩ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺯﻭﺍﺋـﺪ‬
‫"ﺍﻹﻗﻨــﺎﻉ" ﻋــﲆ ﺍﻟــﺰﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘــﺐ ﻋﻠﻴــﻪ ﺣﺎﺷــﻴﺔ ﻭﻃﺒــﻊ‬ ‫‪" -٢٣‬ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﲔ" ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺩ ﺑﺤﺎﺷﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ ﺑﺤﺎﺷﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒـﻊ ﰲ ﳎﻠـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻳﺴﲑﺓ ﻟﻜﻨـﻪ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﻧـﺎﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠـﻖ‬
‫ﻛﺒﲑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ "ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ"‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﺻـﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻴﻬـﻲ ﺃﻳﻀـــﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻲ ﻭﺷﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ ﹰﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺍﺑـﻦ‬

‫‪-٤-‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻱ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻃﻠﻌﺖ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﻟــﻪ ﺣـﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﻧﻔﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﺳـﻤﻬﺎ "ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴـﺒﻴﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻭﴆ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﲠﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓــﺔ ﺍﻟــﺪﻟﻴﻞ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻗــﺪ ﻋﻨــﻲ ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﺑﺎﻟــﺪﻟﻴﻞ ‪-‬ﺭﲪــﻪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢٩‬ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺖ ﻋﲆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌـﺔ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﹾ‬ ‫‪ -٢٦‬ﺍﻟـﺰﺍﺩ" ﻧﻈــﻢ ﻣــﻦ ﻗﺒــﻞ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﻋﺘﻴــﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﺭﺑﻴـﻊ ﺟﻴـﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳـﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻤ ﱠﻴـﺔ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒـﺔ‪ ،‬ﹾ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻴﲈﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻄﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻠﻴﲈﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻄﻴﺔ ﻧﻈﻢ "ﺍﻟـﺰﺍﺩ"‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧــﺖ ﻧﻜــﺖ ﺍﳊــﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗــﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﺃﺳــﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺑــﺄﺭﺟﻮﺯﺓ ﻣﺎﺗﻌــﺔ ﻧﺴــﺨﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺒــﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﺒــﻊ ﺃﻳــﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻠــﺐ ﺛــﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻃﺎﺭﻕ ﻋﻮﺽ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧـﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﻁ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﲆ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻌﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﲨﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﺷﻴﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻜـﺖ ﺍﳊـﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗـﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻜـﺖ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻭﺣﻘﻘﻬﲈ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ ﻋـﲆ ﻧﹸﺴـﺦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘـﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ - ٢٧‬ﻣـــﺎ ﺭﺃ ﹸﻳﻜـــﻢ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴـــﲑ ﻛﺘـــﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻔﺴـــﲑ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱠ‬
‫ﻴﴪـــ‬
‫ﺇﻧــﻪ ﺍﺳــﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﻋــﲆ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌــﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﲢــﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﲨﺎﻻﹰ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻼﻭﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓـﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻨـﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﹺ‬

‫ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ؟‬


‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻃﺒﻌﺘ ﹸﻪ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸ ﹸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻣ ﱠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱠ‬
‫ﻴﴪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﱢ‬
‫‪ -٣٠‬ﲢﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﴍﺍﻑ‬ ‫ﺫﻛـﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺑـﲔ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺜ ﹰﺎ ﺗﻔﺴـﲑ ﺟ ﱢﻴـﺪ ﰲ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺿـﺢ ﱢ‬
‫ﹸﻋﻤــﺪﺗﻨﺎ ﻋــﲆ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻳــﺔ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﻋﺒــﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﲑﺓ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣـﺎ ﻭﻗﻔـﺖ ﻋـﲆ ﹴ‬
‫ﳾﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ﹾﺘ ﹶﻘﻨــﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘ ـ ﹰﺔ ﻣــﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼــﻤﺪ ﴍﻑ ﺍﻟــﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻲ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒــﺔ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻣـﺎ ﹸﻳﺮ ﱠﺑـﻰ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﰲ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﻧـﺎﻓﻊ؛ ﹾ‬
‫ـﻢ ﻇﻬـﺮﺕ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻷﺧـﲑﺓ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻈﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﳾﺀ ﹸﻳﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋـﲆ ﻣﺜـﻞ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﹸﺳـ ﹸﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ ﰲ ﻭﻗـﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺟـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠــﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺸــﺎﺭ ﻋــﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌــﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗــﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫــﻲ ﻋﻨــﺪﻱ؛‬ ‫ﺑﻴـﺪ ﹺﻩ ﻟﻴﻘـﺮﺃ ﰲ ﻗـﺮﺁﻥ ﻭ ﹸﻳﺮﺍﺟـﻊ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺧ ﹸﺬﻩ ﻣﻌﻪ ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺯ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﹸ ﹸ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜــﻦ ﻣــﺎ ﺃﺗﻌﺎﻣــﻞ ﻣﻌﻬــﺎ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻋﻨــﺎﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﻷﹸﻭﱃ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳـﺄﰐ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺑﴪـﻋﺔ؛ ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ ﻋﻠـﻢ ﹸﻳﺮﻳـﺪ ﹾ‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻈﻨﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻠﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗـﻪ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺑﹺ ﹺﻪ ﻻ ﹸﻳﺮ ﱠﺑﻰ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜﺘﹸﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢٨‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺍﰐ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺇﻣـﺎ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻨﲑ ﱠﻳـﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ -٣١‬ﲥﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﻻﺑـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻢ ﻣﻄﺒـﻮﻉ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﻣـﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺑــﻮﻻﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨــﺎﻙ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺜــﺔ ﻟﻠﺸــﻴﺦ ﻃــﺎﺭﻕ ﻋــﻮﺽ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻫـﻮ ﰲ ﺑﻴـﺎﻥ ﻋﻠـﻞ ﺍﻟﺴـﻨﻦ ﻷﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑـﺪ￯‬ ‫ﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﺆﺧﺮ ﹰﺍ ﻭﱂ ﺃﻗﺘﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻈﻨـﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﻮﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛـﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣــﺎﻡ ﺍﳊــﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﺍﻟﻘــﻴﻢ ‪-‬ﺭﲪــﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﻋــﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﻘــﺔ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻃﺒــﻊ ﺃﺧــﲑ ﹰﺍ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴــﻖ ﺻــﺒﺤﻲ ﺣﺴــﻦ ﺣــﻼﻕ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺑــﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓـﺔ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨـﻮﻉ ﺍﻟـﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻠـﻮﻡ ﺍﳊـﺪﻳﺚ‬

‫‪-٥-‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫‪ -٣٣‬ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﴩﺡ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﺩﻗﻴـﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻴـﺪ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﻧﻔــﻴﺲ ﻻ ﻳﺴـــﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻨـــﻪ ﻃﺎﻟـــﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـــﻢ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒـــﻊ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـــﻖ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺷﺎﻛﺮ ﻭﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻲ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﺼـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺨﲔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺷﺎﻛﺮ ﻭﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻲ ﺑﻤﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﺼـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴـﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﱠﺔ ﰲ ﹸﳎﻠﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼـﻨﻌﺎﲏ‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺤﻤﺪﻳــﺔ ﻭﺻــﻮﺭ ﻣــﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ﻋﻨﻬــﺎ ﻭﻫــﻲ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﳑﺘــﺎﺯﺓ ﻭﻣﻌــﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀـ ﹰﺎ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒـﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴــﻖ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﻋـﲇ ﺍﳍﻨــﺪﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌــﺔ‬ ‫ﳐﺘﴫ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺬﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﴩﺡ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺎﰊ ﻣﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﻨﲑ ﱠﻳﺔ ﻓﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣٢‬ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﴍﻭﺡ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -٣٤‬ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻨﺘﻘﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺪ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ‬ ‫‪ . ١‬ﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺣﻜـﺎﻡ ﻻﺑـﻦ ﺩﻗﻴـﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻴـﺪ ﻻ ﹸﻳﻨﹶـﺎﻓﺲ؛ ﻟﻜﻨـﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣــﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘــﻲ ﻧﻔﻴﺴــﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬــﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘــﺎﺕ ﺟﻴــﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺸــﻴﺦ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻬــﻢ ﺇﺣﻜـــﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﺻــﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨـــﻲ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﺳـــﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﹾ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻃﺎﺭﻕ ﻋﻮﺽ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﹸﻣﻌﺘﻨ ﹰﺎ ﲠـﺎ؛‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻘﻒ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻷﻫـﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﱠﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﹸﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﺣﺎﻣـﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻃﺒـﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺼـﺤﻒ ﻻ ﺣﻴﻠـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﹸﻣ ﹶﺼ ﱠﺤﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺎﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﺻـﺒﺤﻲ ﺣﺴـﻦ ﺣـﻼﻕ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﲨـﻊ‬ ‫ﻴﻪ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﲔ ﺟﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﻬﻤ ﹸﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﹶﺳ ﹸـﻬﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﴩﻭﺡ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ . ٢‬ﴍﺡ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻠ ﱢﻘــﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻋــﻼﻡ ﺑﻔﻮﺍﺋــﺪ ﺍﻷﺣﻜــﺎﻡ ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ‬
‫‪ -٣٥‬ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﳉﻼﻟﲔ ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ ﻣﻨـﺬ ﲬﺴـﲔ ﻋﺎﻣـ ﹰﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒـ ﹰﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺴﻮﻁ ﻭﻣﻄﻮﻝ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﻤﴫ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﺃﲪـﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﳌﻦ ﻭﺟﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧـﻪ‬ ‫‪ . ٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲣﺼﺼﻪ ﻏﲑ ﴍﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﹶﺣﺼـﻴﻠﺘ ﹸﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺒـﺎﺩﺉ‬
‫ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﺃﻳﻀ ـ ﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻃﺒﻌــﺎﺕ ﻛﺜــﲑﺓ ﺟــﺪ ﹰﺍ ﻭﻟﻌــﻞ ﻣــﻦ ﺃﻓﻀــﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻋﲆ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛﻔﻮﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺑﴩﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﻡ ﺗﻴﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ؛‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﻬﻞ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻳﻨﻔﻌـﻪ ‪-‬ﺇﻥ ﺷـﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪ -٣٦‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺟﺪ ﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼـﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻣـﻦ ﺃﻓﻀـﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌـﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺒﺎﺭﻛـﺔ ﻟﻠﺸـﻴﺦ ﻓﻴﺼـﻞ ﺑــﻦ‬
‫‪ . ٤‬ﻫﻨـﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺷـﻴﺔ ﹸﳐﺘﴫـﺓ ﹸ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻧﻘﺼـ ﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﲈ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ؛ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎ ﹸﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴــﲑ ؛ ﺇ ﱠﻧــﲈ ﻫــﻮ ﻧﻘــﺺ ﺍﻟﺰﱢ ﻳــﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘــﻲ ﺃﺿــﺎﻓﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴــﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﻤــﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﻜــﺎﻡ ﻭﻫــﻲ ﻣﴩــﻭﺣﺔ ﻣــﻦ ﻗﹺﺒــﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻓﻴﲈ ﺑﻌﺪ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﲈﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻌﺎﴏﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣـﺎ ﻃﺒـﻊ ﻭﻣﻨﻬـﺎ ﻣـﺎ ﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮ ﱠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﺴﺦ ﹶ‬
‫ﺍﳋ ﱢﻄ ﱠﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﲆ ﺃﴍﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﹸﻳﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸــﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﻌــﺖ ﻋــﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﺴــﺨﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻮﻃــﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﱠ‬

‫‪-٦-‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﻟﻜـﻦ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﴐﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻄﺎﻟـﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ؛ ﹾ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻝ؛ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺯﻫﺮ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﺴﺦ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹶﺻﺢ ﻣـﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﹸﻳﻮﺟــﺪ ﻧﹸﺴــﺦ ﹸﳏ ﱠﻘﻘــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋــﺮﻑ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﹸﲢــﻞ ﺍﻹﺷــﻜﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱡﺴــﺦ ﻭﻣــﻊ ﺫﻟــﻚ ﻓﻴﻬــﺎ ﻣﻘــﺎﻃﻊ ﻻ ﺗﹸﻮﺟــﺪ ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌــﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻨ ﹸﻪ ﹸﳏ ﱠﻘﻖ ﰲ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃ ﱡﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ￯ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼ ﹺﱠﺣ ﹶﻘﺔ ﻣﻘـﺎﻃﻊ ﻻ ﺗﹸﻮﺟـﺪ ﰲ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ؛ ﱠ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻌ ﹶ‬
‫ﺮﺿـﺔ‬
‫ﹸﺩﻛﺘﹸﻮﺭﺍﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﹸﻭﱃ ﻟﻠﺘﱠﻔﺴــﲑ ﺧﺎﻟﻴــﺔ ﻣــﻦ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘــﺎﻃﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﹸﺘ ﹾﻘ ﹶﺘﻨﹶــﻰ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌــﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸــﻌﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻳﻘﺘﻨــﻰ ﻣﻌﻬــﺎ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣــﻊ ﱠ‬
‫‪ -٣٩‬ﹸﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﳏﻤـﺪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢ‬
‫ﺘـﺄﺧﺮﺓ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﰲ ﲬﺴــﺔ ﻋﴩـ ﺟـﺰﺀ ﹰﺍ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺿـﺒﻂ ﺍﻟـﻨﱠﺺ ﺟ ﱢﻴـﺪﺓ ﻭﻭﻗـﻒ ﻋـﲆ ﻧﹸﺴـﺦ ﻣﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﺑﻤﴫــ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒــﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﺑﻤﴫ ـ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﰲ‬
‫ﻧﹸﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻭﻗﺎﺑـﻞ ﹸﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠـﺔ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒـﺔ ﻋـﲆ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﹸﻭﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﳾﺀ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸـــﻴﺦ ﻋـــﺰﺕ ﻋﺒﻴـــﺪ ﺍﻟـــﺪﻋﺎﺱ ﳐﺪﻭﻣـــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘـــﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪ -٣٧‬ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺃﺿﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺃﺣﻜـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺁﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﺒـ ﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻬﺎﺭﺱ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻟﻐﻮ ﱠﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﱠﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬

‫ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢ‬
‫ﻔﴪـ؛ ﻟﻜــﻦ ﻫــﻮ ﻣﻌــﺪﻭﺩ ﰲ ﻛﺘـﺐ ﺃﺣﻜــﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘــﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﻌﻨــﻲ‬
‫‪- ٤٠‬ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟـﻪ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺸـﺎﺭ ﻋـﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌـﺮﻭﻑ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳـﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﻘــﺮﺁﻥ ﻋــﲆ ﻃﺮﻳﻘــﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬــﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺠﺘﻬــﺪﻳﻦ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻼﰱ ﻛﺜﲑ ﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﻧﺤﺴــﺒﻪ ﻣــﻦ ﺃﻫــﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬــﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠــﻴﺲ ﻣــﻦ ﻗﺒﻴــﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺃﻱ؛ ﺇﻧﲈ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﻥ ﰲ ﹸﲨﻠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫‪ - ٤١‬ﹸﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﹸﱪ￯ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﹸﺷـﻌﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﻧـﺎﺅﻭﻁ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﲆ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﺋﻤـﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺘﻘـﺪﻣﲔ ﹸﻳﻔﺎﺿـﻞ ﻭ ﹸﻳ ﱢ‬
‫ـﺮﺟﺢ ﺑـﲔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﺒــﻰ ﻓﺎﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﳌﴫـ ﱠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﻘﻨــﺔ ﻭﺃﻣــﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱢﺴــﺒﺔ ﹸ‬
‫ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒــﺔ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﹸﻳﻔﻨﱢﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﻭ ﹸﻳ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴ ﹸﻴﻮﻃﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺛﲈﻧﻴﺔ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪﻱ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﻷﺣﻜـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻳﺴـﺘﻘﻞ ‪-‬ﺭﲪـﻪ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﱠﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻮ ﱠﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﹰﺎ ﻣـﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟـﻪ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﹸﻣﻘ ﱢﻴﺪﹸ ﹸﻩ ‪-‬ﻋﻔﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨ ﹸﻪ‪ -‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ــﻮﱄ ﻋـــﲆ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـــﺔ ﺍﻷﹸﻭﱃ‬
‫‪ -٤٢‬ﺳـــﻨﻦ ﺍﻟـــﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺃﻧـــﺎ ﹸﻣﻌـ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﺻـﺎﺏ ﻓﻠـﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻈﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒـﺎﺏ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﹸﳎﺘﻬـﺪ ﹾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣ ﱠﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺩﳘﺎﻥ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺩﳘﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﹸﺣ ﱢﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺟــﺮ ﻭﺍﺣــﺪ ﻭﺍﻵﻟــﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼــﻮﺍﺏ ﻟــ ﹸﻪ ﺃ ﹲ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﱂ ﹸﳛﺎﻟﻔــ ﹸﻪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﺟــﺮﺍﻥ ﹾ‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺃﻳﻀـ ﹰﺎ ﰲ ﹸﺟـﺰﺋﲔ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ ﻋﺒـﺪ‬ ‫ﹸﻣﻜﺘﻤﻠ ﹲﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﹸﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﲇ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﲈﲏ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣٨‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﹸﻃﺒﻌـﺖ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﻋﴩـﺓ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻋﴩﺓ ﳎﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﹸﻣﻠ ﱠﻔﻘﺔ! ﹶ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﲢ ﹾﻞ ﺑﻌـﺾ‬

‫‪-٧-‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻈـﻢ ﴍﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﱰﻣـﺬﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ ﳏ ﱠﻘـﻖ‬ ‫‪ -٤٣‬ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﻠﺠﺼﺎﺹ ﺃﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺗﻢ ﻃﺒ ﹸﻌ ﹸﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻟﻪ ﹸﻳﻤﻜـﻦ ﹸﻳﻐﻨـﻲ ﻃـﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﳉﺼﺎﺹ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺃﻃﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻔﺲ ﰲ ﱠﺃﻭﻟﹺ ﹺﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﴍﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﱰﻣﺬﻱ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻳ ﹶﺸ ﱡﻢ ﻣﻨ ﹸﻪ ﹶﺷﺎﺋﹺ ﹶﺒ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺰﺍﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺮﺃ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﻔﻴـﺪ ﻣﻨـﻪ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﲆ ﺣﺬﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱰﻛ ﱠﻴـﺔ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺛـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱰﻣــﺬﻱ ﻟﻠﺤــﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﺭﺟــﺐ ﺃﻧــﺎ‬ ‫‪ -٤٨‬ﴍﺡ ﹺﻋ ﹶﻠــﻞ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻔﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﹶﻇ ﹶﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﹺﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ ﻧـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟـﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﻋـﱰ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﹺﻋﻨﹶﺎﻳﺘﻲ ﹸ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﹾ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﹺﻋﻨﹶﺎﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﹺ ﹺﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ‪.‬‬‫ﻭﻣ ﹸﻨﺬ ﹾ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫‪ -٤٤‬ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻻﺑـﻦ ﺍﻟﻌـﺮﰊ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﻟﻄﻴـﻒ ﻭﻧﻔـﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴـﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺟـﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺟـﺰﺍﺀ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﺒـﻲ ﻭﻗﺒﻠﻬـﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺒﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻌﱰ ﹸﺿﻪ ﻣﺎ ﹺ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺘﴤ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺘﻐﻼﻕ ﻋﺒـﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﹺ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﻜﺖ ﻭﻟﻄﺎﺋﻒ ﻭﻧﻮﺍﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻳﻐﻠــﺐ ﻋﻠﻴــﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋــﲆ ﹶﻇﻨﱢـ ﹺـﻪ ﺃ ﱠﻧ ـ ﹸﻪ ﺧﻄــﺄ ﺍﻟﻜــﻼﻡ ﻻ ﻳﺴــﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻣﻊ ﺷﻴﻮﺧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺭﺣﻼﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﹸﺧﺮ￯‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﺘﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻠﻬـﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﹸﺩﻭﻧـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﹸﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻫﹸﻮ ﻣﹸﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ؛ ﹾ‬
‫ﹶﺧ ﹾﺮ ﹸﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﹺﳑﱠـﻦ ﹸﻳ ﹾﻌﻨﹶـﻰ ﺑﹺ ﹶﺠ ﹾﻤـ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜﺘﹸـﺐ‬ ‫‪ -٤٥‬ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﳉﻼﻟـﲔ ﺃﻓﻀـﻞ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﳊﺎﺷـﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺒﻌﺎﲥــﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤــﺔ؛ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠﻬــﺎ ﹸﻣ ﹾﺮ ﹺﻫﻘــﺔ ﲢﺘــﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤــﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳉﻼﻟـﲔ ﻣﻄﺒـﻮﻉ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺑـﻮﻻﻕ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﻣﺎﺋـﺔ‬
‫ﹸﺟ ﹾﻬ ﹴﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻟﺘ ﹾﹶﺤ ﹺﺼـﻴﻠﹺﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺘـﺎﺝ ﻣـﻊ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﺇﱃ ﹸﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌـﺔ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻃﺒﻊ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺑﻮﻻﻕ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺻﺤﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹴ ﹺ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﹶﺩ ﹾﻋ ﹴﻢ ﻣﺎﺩ ﱟ‬
‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻗــﻮﻱ؛ ﻭﺇﻻﱠ ﻟــﻮ ﻭ ﹺﺟــﺪ ﻣــﻦ ﻫـ ﹺ‬
‫ـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺗﺼــﺤﻴﺢ ﹸﲨﻠــﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﹸﻭ ﹺﺟﺪﺕ ﻫـﻲ‬
‫‪ -٤٦‬ﺍﻹﺗﻘﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﹾ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻗﹺﻴﻤـﺔ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﹺﺘـﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟـﻮ ﺻـﺤﺤﺖ ﲨﻠـﺔ ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﹶ ﺓ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜ ﹾﹶﺴ ﹶﺘ ﱢﻠ ﱠﻴﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻭﻣﺎﺋﺘﲔ ﻭﺛﲈﻥ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﹶ ﱠ ﹾ ﹸ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﲠﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﻄ ﹸﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻜ ﹾﹶﻮﻥ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﹶﻳ ﹾﻘﺘﹶﻨﹺـﻲ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘــﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺼــﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺸــﻴﺦ ﻧﴫ ـ ﺍﳍــﻮﺭﻳﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻫــﺬﻩ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺑـﺄﻣﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺟـﺔ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﻻ ﹺﺳ ﱠﻴﲈ ﹸ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜﺘﹸﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﹸﻫـﻮ‬ ‫ﹸﻭ ﹺﺟﺪﺕ ﺃ ﹾﻧ ﹶﻔﺲ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻳﻨﺎﺳـﺐ ﹸﻃـﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﺍﻟﻴـﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱰﻣـﺬﻱ ﻋﴩـﺓ‬ ‫ﳚ ﹶﻤـﻊ ﰲ ﴍﺡ ﹺﻋ ﹶﻠـﻞ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﹶ ﹾ‬
‫ﻳﻀﲑ ﹸﻩ ﹾ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﳏﻤـﺪ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﻔﻀـﻞ ﺇﺑـﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﺟ ﱢﻴـﺪﺓ ﺍﻃﻠـﻊ ﻋـﲆ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ـﻢ ﻣـﺎﺫﺍ؟‬ ‫ﻼ ﲢـﻮﻱ ﲨﻴـﻊ ﹶﻃ ﹶﺒﻌـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛ ﱠ‬ ‫ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜ ﹾﹶﺴ ﹶﺘ ﱢﻠ ﱠﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﲠﺬﻩ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﻼ ﹸﻃﺒﹺــﻊ ﻋﴩـ ﻣـ ﱠـﺮﺍﺕ ﳚﻤــﻊ ﻛــﻢ؟‬
‫ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻓــﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒــﺎﺭﻱ ﻣــﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ؛ ﻟﻜﻨﱠﻬﺎ ﹸﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺋﺘﲔ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﹸﻛﺘﹸـﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻔﺴـﲑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒــﲑﺓ ﺃﻭ ﹸﻛ ﹸﺘــﺐ ﱡ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴩــﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻫــﺬﻩ ﹶﻳ ﹾﺼ ـ ﹸﻌﺐ ﻋــﲆ ﻃﺎﻟــﺐ‬ ‫‪ -٤٧‬ﺃﻋﻈــﻢ ﴍﻭﺣــﺎﺕ ﺟــﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﱰﻣــﺬﻱ ﴍﺡ ﺍﳊــﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ـﻦ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜ ﹸﺘــﺐ ﺍﻟ ﱢﺘــﻲ ﹶﺣ ﹾﺠ ﹸﻤﻬــﺎ ﺻــﻐﲑ‬
‫ﳚ ﹶﻤ ﹶﻌﻬــﺎ؛ ﻟﻜـ ﹾ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﹶ ﹾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﻢ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ ﻋﲆ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﱰﻣﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻜﻤﻠـﺔ ﻟﴩـﺡ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﺳـﻴﺪ‬

‫‪-٨-‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﹸﻳﺮﺍﺟــﻊ‬ ‫ﹺ‬


‫ﺃﺟــﻞ ﹾ‬ ‫ﳚ ﹶﻤــﻊ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌــﺎﺕ ﻣــﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﹺ ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﹶ ﹾ‬
‫ــﻪ ﹾ‬
‫‪ -٥٢‬ــﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﱠـ ـﻼﻡ ﻓﻴــﻪ ﻃﺒﻌــﺎﺕ ﻛﺜــﲑﺓ ﺟــﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ﻟﻜــﻦ ﻣــﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﹸﺧﺮ￯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻋﲆ ﺧﻄﺄ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱢـﻲ ﺑـﲔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳـﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﻨﻲ ﲠﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻱ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٤٩‬ﺭﻳــﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺼــﺎﳊﲔ ﲢﻘﻴــﻖ ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﺍﻷﻟﺒــﺎﲏ ﻃﻴــﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﴍﻭﺣﺎﺗﻪ ﴍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﻋﺜﻴﻤـﲔ ‪-‬ﺭﲪـﻪ ﺍﷲ‪-‬‬

‫ﴍﻭﺣﺎﺕ ﹸﺑ ﹸﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻡ‪ :‬ﴍﺡ ﱠ‬


‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻌﺎﲏ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ -٥٣‬ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﹸ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻔــﺲ ﺍﻟﴩــﻭﺡ ﻋــﲆ ﺍﻹﻃــﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻓﻀــﻞ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﻟــﻪ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﺟــﻮﺩ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒـﺪﺭ ﺍﻟـﺘﱠﲈﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﺃﻓﻀـﻞ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴩـﻭﺡ ﻭﺃﺻـﻠ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﴍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﻓﻴﺼــﻞ ﺑـﻦ ﻣﺒــﺎﺭﻙ ﴍﺡ‬

‫ﻭﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﹸ ﹸ‬


‫ﴍﻭﺡ ﹸﳐﺘﴫـﺓ ﻟﺸـ ﹸﻴﻮﺧﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜـﻞ‬ ‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﳐﺘﴫ ﻭﻃﻴﺐ ﻭﻧﻔﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴـﻪ ﴍﺡ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﻋـﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺼـﺪﻳﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﺑـﺎﺯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﻋﺜﻴﻤـﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﻋﺒـﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﳊﲔ؛ ﻟﻜﻨـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺣﻴـﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴـﺪﺓ ﺃﺷـﻌﺮﻱ ﻓﻠ ﹸﻴﻨﺘﺒـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳــﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺤــﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﺻــﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻔــﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﻭﻏــﲑﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛ ﹼﻠﻬــﺎ ﹸﴍﻭﺡ ﻧﺎﻓﻌــﺔ ﹶﻳﻨﺘﻔــﻊ ﻣﻨﻬــﺎ ﻃﺎﻟــﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﻢ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻫﻨــﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴩــﻭﺡ ﺍﳌﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻋــﺔ‪،‬ﻭ ﹸﻫﻨــﺎﻙ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴩــﻭﺡ ﺍﳌﺴـ ﹸـﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻛﹸﻠﻬــﺎ‬ ‫ﱡﹸ‬ ‫‪ -٥٠‬ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﴍﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﴫ ﱠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﹸﻃﺒﻌﺖ ﹸ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﻣـﺎ ﻳﻘـﺮﺏ ﻣـﻦ ﺛﲈﻧـﲔ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺛﲈﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﴩ ﹸﺟ ﹰ‬
‫ﺳــﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺳــﻨﺔ ﺃﻟــﻒ ﻭﺛــﻼﺙ ﻣﺌــﺔ ﻭﺳــﺒﻊ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌــﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﲈﻧﻴــﺔ‬
‫‪ -٥٤‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﻔـﺎﻅ ﻃﺒـﻊ ﺃﺭﺑـﻊ ﻣـﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﳍﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﻌـﻞ‬ ‫ـﺰﺀ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒـﺔ ﻭﻓـﺎﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﲨﻴﻠـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﰲ ﺛﲈﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﴩ ﹸﺟ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻌ ﱢﻠﻤﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﹺ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﹶﺟ ﹶﻠﺪ ﻭﺻـﱪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺧ ﹸﺬ ﹸﺣﻜﻤﻬﺎ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﹸﺻ ﱢﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﹸ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜﺘﹸﺐ ﺍﳌﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﳾ ﻓـﲈ ﹸﻃﺒﹺـﻊ ﻋـﲆ ﺇﺭﺷـﺎﺩ‬
‫‪ -٥٥‬ﺇﻋــﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﺴــﻨﻦ ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻛﺴــﺘﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﲨﻴﻠــﺔ ﻣــﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﱠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﹺﺴﹶـﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﴍﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﱠـﻮﻭﻱ ﻃﻴﱢﺒـﺔ ﺟـﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻋﴩﻳﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻌﺾ ‪ ،‬ﺛـﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﻻﻕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﱟ‬
‫ﺻﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﱂ ﺃﻃﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ -٥١‬ﻛــﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﳌﻌــﺎﲏ ﴍﺡ ﺻــﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨــﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺸــﻨﻘﻴﻄﻲ‬
‫‪ -٥٦‬ﻣﻌﺎﲏ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻪ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﴍﺡ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﴏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﹸﻣﺆ ﱢﻟﻔـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﹸﻮﺟﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﴫﻳﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺯﹸ ﻫـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﳚﻤـﻊ ﺑـﲔ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﴍﺡ‪ ،‬ﴍﻭﺡ ﻛﺜـﲑﺓ ﻳﺄﺧـﺬ‬
‫ﻗﺼﺪ ﹾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺭ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﺓ ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﲠﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹸﺧﻼﺻﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﹸﻟ ﱠﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻭﺩﻋﻬـﺎ ﻓـﻴﲈ ﺃﻣﻜﻨـ ﹸﻪ ﲨ ﹸﻌـ ﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺟﻴﺪ ﻭﺟﺎﻣﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪-٩-‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫‪ -٥٧‬ﻧﺼــﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻳــﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻳﻠﻌــﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻳــﺔ ﻣﻔﻘــﻮﺩﺓ ‪،‬‬


‫‪ -٦٤‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﺃﻓﻀـﻞ‬ ‫ﻗﺴـﻢ ﻣﻨﻬـﺎ ﻋـﲆ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﹸﻃﺒﻌـﺖ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺯﱢﻉ‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺟﻴـﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﹸﻃﺒﻌـﺖ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺳـﺒﻌﲔ ﺳـﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﺗـﻮﻧﺲ ﻓﻨـﺎﺩﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻧﻔﻴﺴﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺟﻴـﺪﺓ ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﳏﻤـﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﳏﻤـﺪ ﳏﻴـﻲ‬ ‫‪ -٥٨‬ﺍﻟﺴــﻴﻞ ﺍﳉـ ﱠـﺮﺍﺭ ﻻﻳﻮﺟــﺪ ﺇﻻﱠ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﳌﺠﻠــﺲ ﺍﻷﻋــﲆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ ﻓﺪﻭﳖﲈ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣ ﱠﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﴫ‬

‫‪ -٦٥‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﺃﻋﺘﻤﺪﹸ ﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ‬ ‫‪ -٥٩‬ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻮﻥ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﻞ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﻣﻨ ﹸﻪ ﹸ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺘﲔ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﲨﻴﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﺳﻨﺔ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﻣﻨ ﹸﻪ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻘ ﱠﻴﺔ ﻓﻠﻢ ﹸﺗ ﹾﻄ ﹶﺒﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻔﺖ ﻋﲆ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻛﺒﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻱ ‪:‬‬
‫ﹲ‬
‫ــﺎﺏ ﻛﺒـــﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺃﻗـــﺮﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳉـــﺰﺋﲔ‬
‫ﺑﻌـــﺪ ﺍﳋﻤﺴـــﲈﺋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘـ ﹲ‬
‫‪ -٦٦‬ﻛﺘـﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻫــﺪ ﻫﻨـﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺰﱡ ﻫــﺪ ﻟﻺﻣـﺎﻡ ﺃﲪــﺪ ﺭﲪـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻋﲔ ﻓﻼ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﲈ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴪـﻱ ﻭﲨـﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺑﻦ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﻟﻮﻛﻴﻊ ﻭﳍﻨﱠـﺎﺩ ﺑـﻦ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃ ﱠﻟ ﹸﻔﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﱡ ﻫﺪ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻠﻬﺎ ﹸﻛﺘﹸـﺐ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒـﺔ ﻳﺴـﺘﻔﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪ -٦٠‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺰﱡ ﻫﺪ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪـﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻄﺒـﻊ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﹸﳏ ﱠﻘﻘﺔ ﻷ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﺠـﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﱠﺔ ﳊﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻲ‬
‫‪ -٦١‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﲇ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﱡ‬
‫ﻭﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻘﺮ￯ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﺓ ﻋـﲆ ﻧﻘـﺺ ﻛﺒـﲑ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﱡ ﻫﺪ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪ ﻛﺒـﲑ ﻣﻮﺟـﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪ -٦٢‬ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﲢﻘﻴـﻖ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﻡ ﻭﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٦٧‬ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﱪ ﻟﻠﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺗﻪ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٦٣‬ﺍﻟﻔــﺮﻭﻕ ﻟﻠﻘــﺮﺍﰲ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺇﺣﻴــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﹸﺘــﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑ ﱠﻴــﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻠﺒﻲ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﹸﳎﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﲠﺎﻣﺸﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ‬
‫‪ -٦٨‬ﺍﻟﺴــﲑ ﻟﻠــﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓــﺔ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳــﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺘﹾﻘﻨﺔ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﹸﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﱡﻮﻧﺴ ﱠﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﺨﺘﴫ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﻃﺒﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﳎﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻃﺒﻌﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻴﴪ ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﺓ ؛ ﻟﻜـﻦ ﺗﻜﻔـﻲ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ‬ ‫ﻻ ﱠ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﺒﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫‪- ١٠ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﲬـﺲ ﻋﴩـﺓ ﺳـﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻋﻠـﻢ ﻫـﻞ‬ ‫‪ -٦٩‬ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻨـﻮﻭﻱ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﺷـﻌﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﻧـﺎﺅﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﳐﺮﺟﺔ ﻭﳐﺪﻭﻣﺔ‬

‫‪ -٧٧‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺐ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٧٠‬ﺍﳌﺨﺘــﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﻠﻴــﺔ ﻟﻠﺴــﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﲏ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧٨‬ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‬
‫‪ -٧١‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﲔ ﻟﻠﺴﻌﺪﻱ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﲏ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧٩‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﲆ ﺻﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻻﺑـﻦ ﻗﺮﻗـﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﴩﺍﺡ ﻛﺜـﲑ ﹰﺍ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﳐﺘﴫـ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫‪ -٧٢‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺪﻳﺔ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﳌﻠـﻚ ﻋﺒـﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﻣﺸــﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﻧــﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﻘــﺎﴈ ﻋﻴــﺎﺽ ﻭﻫــﻮ ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﹸﺻ ﱢﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻈــــﻴﻢ ﰲ ﻏﺮﻳــــﺐ ﺍﻟﺼــــﺤﻴﺤﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻃــــﺄ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘــــﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺸـﺎﺭﻕ ﻣﻄﺒـﻮﻉ ﻣـﺮﺗﲔ ﰲ ﻣﴫـ ﻭﺍﳌﻐـﺮﺏ‬ ‫‪ -٧٣‬ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺏ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﻠﺐ ﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺧـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻗﺘﻨﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨـﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣـﺎ ﺍﳌﻄـﺎﻟﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺒــﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﳍﻨــﺪ ﻗــﺪﻳﲈ ﺿــﻤﻦ ﳎﻤــﻮﻉ ﻓﻴﻬــﺎ ﲬــﺲ ﺭﺳــﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻄﺒﻊ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﳐﻄﻮﻁ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻟﻒ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٨٠‬ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻡ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴـﺔ ﺭﲪـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪ -٧٤‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﻋﲆ ﻧﻔﻘﺔ ﺣـﺎﻛﻢ ﻗﻄـﺮ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﺛـﺎﲏ ﻭﻫـﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﹺ ﹶﻌ ﹾ‬
‫ﺖ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﻳ ﹰﲈ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﻌـﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌ ﹲﺔ ﻧﻔﻴﺴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛ ﱠﻢ ﻃﺒﻌ ﹸﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻃﺒﻌ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻃﺒﻌﺖ ﹸﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺑﺘﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺤﺪﱢ ﺙ ﳏﻤـﺪ ﻧـﺎﴏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻲ ﰲ ﹸﺟﺰﺋﲔ ﺻﻐﲑﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛ ﱠﻢ ﻃﺒﻌ ﹸﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣـﻊ ﺣﺎﺷـﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﲏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻗﺪﻳ ﹰﲈ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺜﲈﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﰲ ﲬﺴﺔ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻃﺒﻌـ ﹲﺔ ﺟﻴـﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻌﺘﻨﻰ ﲠﺎ‬ ‫‪ -٧٥‬ﺍﳋﺼـــﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻜـــﱪ￯ ﻟﻠﺴـــﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﹸﻃﺒـــﻊ ﰲ ﺛـــﻼﺙ‬
‫ﳎﻠﺪﺍﺕ ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٨١‬ﻣﻌــﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺒــﻮﻝ ﴍﺡ ﺳــﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻــﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺤــﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻜﻤــﻲ ﻓﻴــﻪ ﲢﻘﻴﻘــﺎﺕ ﻛﺜــﲑﺓ ﻭﻓﻴــﻪ ﳐﺘﴫــﺍﺕ ؛ ﻟﻜــﻦ‬ ‫‪ -٧٦‬ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻣـﺎ ﻭﺟــﺐ ﰲ ﺑﻴــﺎﻥ ﻭﺿـﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺿــﺎﻋﲔ ﰲ ﻓﻀــﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻮﱄ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻃﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﲪـﻪ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻔﻴﺲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﺭﺟﺐ ﻷﰊ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺩﺣﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳏﻘﻖ ﻭﺟﺎﻫﺰ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻊ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺘﻐﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﰲ ﻗﺴـﻢ‬

‫‪- ١١ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫‪ -٨٩‬ﺍ ﹸﳌﻐﻨﻲ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﹸﻃﺒﹺﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬ ‫‪ -٨٢‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﳍﲈﻡ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﻤﻨ ﱠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﱰﻛـﻲ ﻻ ﺑـﺄﺱ ﲠـﺎ ﰲ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺎ ﺗﺴـﻠﻢ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺑﻮﻻﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﻌـﺎﺕ ﻛﺜـﲑﺓ ؛ ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺳـﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﲤﺎﻣـ ﹰﺎ ﻭ ﺧـﺪﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﺘـﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﻻﻕ ﻧﻔﻴﺴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳌﺴــﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﻭﻟﻌــﺰﻭ ﺍﻷﻗــﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺘــﻰ ﻭﻻ ﲣــﺮﻳﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺪﹾ ﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺎﻣﺔ ؛ ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻫـﻲ ﺃﻓﻀـﻞ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫‪ -٨٣‬ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻮﻁ ﻟﻠﴪﺧﴘ ﻻ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﻄﺒـﻮﻉ ﺇﻻ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﹸﻭﱃ ﻋـﲆ ﻧﻔﻘـﺔ ﺍﳌﻠـﻚ ﻋﺒـﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺟﺰﺀ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﳼ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻧﻔﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﴩـﺡ‬ ‫‪ -٨٤‬ﹸﻣﺴـــﻨﺪ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﻴﺎﻟﴘـــ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـــﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﱠﻳـــﺔ ﺍﻷﹸﻭﱃ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒـــﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒــﲑ ﻳﺴــﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻬــﺎ ﻃﺎﻟــﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﻢ ﻭﻳﻨﻈــﺮ ﰲ ﺯﻭﺍﺋــﺪ‬ ‫ـﻦ ﹸﻃﺒﹺــﻊ ﹸﳏ ﱠﻘﻘ ـ ﹰﺎ ﰲ ﲬﺴــﺔ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠــﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴــﻖ‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠــﺔ ؛ ﻭﻟﻜـ ﹾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴩﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒـﲑ ﻋـﲆ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻐﻨـﻲ ﻭﻳﺴـﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﴍﺡ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺁﺧـﺮ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻲ ﻭﺯﻣﻼﺋﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﳏﻤﺪ ﱡ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻘﻨﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺧﻄـﺎﺀ ﹺ‬
‫ﻻﺳـ ﱠﻴﲈ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺠ ﱠﻠـﺪ‬
‫ﹺﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﻄـﺎﺀ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﻃﺒﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﹸﻭﱃ ﹸ‬ ‫‪ -٨٥‬ﻋﻤـﻞ ﺍﻟﻴــﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠــﺔ ﻻﺑــﻦ ﺍﻟﺴــﻨﻲ ﻫــﺬﺍ ﻓﻴــﻪ ﺭﺳــﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴــﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺼـ ﱠ‬
‫ـﺤﺤﺔ ؛ ﹸﺛـ ﱠ‬
‫ـﻢ ﻭﺿ ـ ﹸﻌﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻳﻘ ﹸﻔــﻮﺍ ﻋــﲆ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﺴــﺨﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺟﻴﺴﺘﲑ ﰲ ﻛﻠﻴـﺔ ﺃﺻـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟـﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﻟـﻮ ﹸﻃﺒﻌـﺖ ﺃﻏﹾ ﻨﹶـﺖ ﻋـﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻴﺪ ﻃﺒ ﹸﻌ ﹸﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺑﻘ ﱠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٨٦‬ﻋﻤــﻞ ﺍﻟﻴــﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠــﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺴــﺎﺋﻲ ﻃﺒــﻊ ﳏﻘﻘ ـ ﹰﺎ ﰲ ﳎﻠــﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٩٠‬ﳐﺘﴫ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴـﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﺤـﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﳌﻨـﺬﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻜﺘـﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻃﺒﻌﺘﻪ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٨٧‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻨﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺢ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﹸﳏ ﱠﻘﻘ ـ ﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺛــﺔ ﳎﻠــﺪﺍﺕ ﲢﻘﻴــﻖ ﺍﻟــﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻧــﺎﴏ ﺍﳌــﻴﲈﻥ ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -٩١‬ﴍﺡ ﹸﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴـﺔ ﺭﲪـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺫﻛــﺮ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻨﺘﻬــﻰ ﻋــﲆ ﺃﻟﺴــﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﲈﺀ ﺃﻛﺜــﺮ ﺑﻜﺜــﲑ ﻣــﻦ ﺫﻛــﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺷــﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳــﻼﻡ ﱂ ﻳﺘﺠــﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺒــﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪،‬‬
‫ـﺮﻭﻑ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻣﻌـ ﹲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳏ ﱠﻘﻘﺔ ﹸﻛ ﹼﻠﻬﺎ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﹸ‬
‫ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﻧﻔــﻴﺲ ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫‪ -٨٨‬ﻃﺮﻳــﻖ ﺍﳍﺠــﺮﺗﲔ ﻻﺑــﻦ ﺍﻟﻘــﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ -٩٢‬ﺇﺭﺷـــﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺤـــﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺸـــﻮﻛﺎﲏ ﹸﻃﺒﹺـــﻊ ﹸﳏ ﱠﻘﻘـــ ﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺘﹺ ﹺﻪ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻈـﺮ‬ ‫ﹺﹺ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﹸﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺘﻪ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠـﺪﻳﻦ ﲢﻘﻴﻘـ ﹸﻪ ﺟ ﱢﻴـﺪ ﰲ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﻭﻃﺒـﻊ ﻗﺒـﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍ ‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﹸﻣﻨﲑ ﻓﺎﺧﺮﺓ ‪ .‬ﺏ ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﱠ‬


‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔ ﱠﻴﺔ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫‪- ١٢ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻣﴫ ﺑﻤﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﲑﻳـﺔ ﻭﻣﻄﺒﻌـﺔ‬


‫‪ -٩٨‬ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﴫـﻩ ﹸﻣﻮ ﱠﻓـﻖ ﺍﻟـﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﹸﻗﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻠﺒﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻨﺒﲇ ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪ ﺿﺨﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻃﺎﺭﻕ ﻋﻮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٩٣‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺋﻤـﺔ ﺍﻷﻋـﻼﻡ ﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻡ ﺍﺑـﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﲪ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺗﻪ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻞ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻋﲇ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻟ ﹸﻪ ﻣﺆ ﱠﻟﻔـﺎﺕ ﰲ‬ ‫‪ -٩٩‬ﹺ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﹸ‬


‫ﺆﺳﻒ ﻟـ ﹸﻪ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﻋ ﹶﻠﻠﹺ ﹺﻪ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﳑﺎ ﹸﻳ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﹺ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫‪ -٩٤‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭﺍﻧ ﱠﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﲪ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱢـﻲ ﹸﻃﺒﻌـﺖ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺿﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﺬﻩ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﱠﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﻤﴫ ﺛـﻢ ﺣﻘـﻖ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﱡ‬
‫ﺟ ﹴ‬
‫ﺰﺀ ﺻﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍ ﹸﻟ ﹸﻪ ﳏ ﹸﻔﻮﻇـﺔ ﻭﻣﻨ ﹸﻘﻮﻟـﺔ ﻣﺒ ﹸﺜﻮﺛـﺔ ﰲ ﹸﻛﺘﹸـﺐ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫ﻠﻤ ﹸﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﱠ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻋ ﹶ‬
‫‪ -٩٥‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺷﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻡ‬
‫‪ -١٠٠‬ﺍﳌﺤــﺮﺭ ﻻﺑــﻦ ﻋﺒــﺪ ﺍﳍــﺎﺩﻱ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﺳــﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﲪﹸ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻳـﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻃﻴﺒـﺔ ﺟـﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺛـﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳍــﻼﱄ ﺗﺸــﺘﻤﻞ ﻋــﲆ ﲣــﺮﻳﺞ ﹸﻣﻄــﻮﻝ ﻭ ﲢﻘﻴ ﹸﻘ ـ ﹸﻪ ﺟ ﱢﻴــﺪ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﹶﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ ؛ ﻟﻜﻨﱠـ ﹸﻪ ﰲ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﹾﺃﻣ ﹶﺜـﻞ ﹸ‬ ‫ﹸﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﹾ‬
‫ﺣ ﱠﻘﻘ ﹸﻪ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٩٦‬ﳎﻤــﻮﻉ ﻓﺘــﺎﻭ￯ ﺷــﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳــﻼﻡ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴــﺔ ﺭﲪـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻠـﻚ ﺳـﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻑ ﺃﻧﱠـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌـﺮ ﹲ‬
‫‪ -١٠١‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﲑ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻱ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﲑ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﻓﻴﺼﻞ ﺭﲪﻬﲈ ﺍﷲ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﳎﻤـﻊ ﺍﳌﻠـﻚ ﻓﻬـﺪ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻒ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﺼــﺤﻒ ﻫــﻲ ﺃﻓﻀــﻞ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻷﺻــﻞ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒــﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻵﻳــﺎﺕ‬
‫ﳚﻤﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴـﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻳـﺔ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤـﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﺳـﲑ ﱠ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﺟــﺎﻣﻊ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺳــﲑ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﻄﺮﻳﻘــﺔﹴ ﳐﹸﺘﴫــﺓ ﺟــﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻮ‬ ‫ــﻲ ﺑﹺــﻪ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱠ‬
‫ﺠﻤــﻊ ﻣــﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟــﺬﻱ ﹸﻋﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﹸﺃﺧــﺬﺕ ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳــﻢ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻌــﺜﲈﲏ ﱢ‬
‫ﹴ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘـﺔ‬ ‫ﻔﴪﻳﻦ ؛ ﻟﻜـﻦ‬‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻗﺎﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺋ ﱠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﳌﹸﺼﺤﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﹸﻮﱢﺭﺕ ﻋﲆ ﻭﺭﻕﹴ ﻓﺎﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻧﻔﻴﺴﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ‬

‫ﹸﳐﺘﴫﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧـﺎﻓﻊ ﻟﻄﺎﻟـﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢ‬


‫ﺘﻮﺳـﻂ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻓﻀـﻞ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺗﻪ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻣﻲ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒـﻮﻉ ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠـﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ‬ ‫‪ -٩٧‬ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻞ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺣـﺎﺗﻢ‬
‫ﹲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﴫـ ﻭﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺃﺳـﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺃﺧﻄـﺎﺀ ﺛـﻢ ﺣﻘـﻖ‬
‫‪ - ١٠٢‬ﻧﻈــﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻴﺴــﲑ ﰲ ﻏﺮﻳــﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻔﺴــﲑ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣــﺔ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺭﺳـﺎﺋﻞ ﹺﻋﻠﻤ ﱠﻴـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛـﻢ ﺣﻘﻘـﺔ ﻓﺮﻳـﻖ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺒـﺎﺣﺜﲔ ﺑـﺎﴍﺍﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻜـﻦ ﹸﻫﻨـﺎﻙ ﺃﻳﻀـ ﹰﺎ ﻧﻈـﻢ‬
‫ﹸﺣﺪﹸ ﻭﺩ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺟ ﱢﻴـﺪﺓ ؛ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺳـﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻴـﺪ ﻭﺍﻟـﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﻟـﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﴘـ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﻷﰊ ﺯﹸ ﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ ﺃﻟﻔ ﱠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺁﻥ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﱠﺐ ﻋﲆ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹸ‬

‫‪- ١٣ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﲆ ﻛ ﱢﹸﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻔ ﱠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨ ﹸﻈﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﹸﻳﻐﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ -١٠٧‬ﹺﻣﻨ ﹶﹾﺤ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﺠﺴـﺘﺎﲏ ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛ ﱠ‬
‫ـﻢ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺫﻟـﻚ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺀﺓ ﺑﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻘـﺮﺁﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﻗــﺪﻳ ﹰﲈ ﻋــﲆ ﻫــﺎﻣﺶ ﺍﻟﻘﺴــﻄﻼﲏ ؛ ﻭﻟﻜــﻦ ﻧﻈــﺮ ﹰﺍ ﻟﻜﻮﻧﹺ ﹺ‬
‫ــﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﱡ ﹸﺧﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻔﺎﺳﲑ ﺍﳌﻮ ﹸﺛﻮﻗﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹾ‬
‫ﹶﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ﲠﺎﻣﺶ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻄﻼﲏ ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﻤﻨ ﱠﻴـﺔ ﻻ ﹶﻳﺴـﺘﻌﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﹺ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﻧـﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻻ ﺗﹸﻮﺟـﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﹸﻃﻼﹼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﺜﲑ ﹰﺍ ؛ ﱠ‬ ‫‪ -١٠٣‬ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺰﻱ ﺍﻷﻧﺪﻟﴘ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﹸﳐﺘﴫ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺎ ﺗﹸﺮﻳﺪﹸ ﻩ ﹺ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﹸﺻ ﹸﻌﻮﺑﺔ ؛ ﻟﻜﻨﱠ ﹸﻪ ﱠﳌﺎ ﹸﻃﺒﹺـﻊ‬ ‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﹸ ﹸ‬ ‫ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﻔﻈﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﹸﻣﻘﺪﱢ ﻣﺔ ﲨﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻏﺮﻳـﺐ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺘﻨ ﹰﺎ ﲠﺎ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﹺ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺴـــﲑ ﻣﺘـــﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـــﻮ ﺃﻃـــﻮﻝ ﻣـــﻦ ﺍﳉﻼﻟـــﲔ ﺑﺤﺠـــﻢ‬
‫ﹶ ﹸ ﱡ ﹸ‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧـﺎﻓﻊ ﻟﻄﺎﻟـﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ؛ ﻟﻜﻨـ ﹸﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴـﻠﻢ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫‪ -١٠٨‬ﹸﻣﺼﻨﱠﻒ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻃﻴﺒـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﱠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺳـﺎﻟﻴﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﹴ‬
‫ﳾﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺄﻭﻳﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﱢ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﺴــﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﱢــﻲ ﺍﻋﺘ ﹺﹸﻤــﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬــﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻌﺒﲑﺍﺗــﻪ ﺭﺍﺟﻌــﺔ ﺇﱃ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺒﻨـﺎ ﹸﻩ ﻋـﲆ ﳾﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﹴ‬
‫ﳾﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﱠ‬
‫‪ -١٠٩‬ﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺤ ﱢﺒﲔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻌﺘﻤـﺪﺓ ﻫـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼ ﹸﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﹸﺳ ﹸﻠﻮﺏ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﱠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻌﺒﲑ ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﱡ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﹸﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻷﹸﻭﱃ ﻫـﻲ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓـﺔ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺃﻫـﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﱄ ﺃ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﺴﺦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﱢـﻲ ﻧﻌﺘﻤـﺪﹸ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﹺﺘـﺎﺏ ﻋـﲆ ﻛ ﱢ‬
‫ﹸـﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﹺ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﹸﻳﺴﺘﻔﺎ ﹸﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -١٠٤‬ﻧﺰﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴـﲑ ﻣﻔـﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﻏﺮﻳـﺐ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺠﺴــﺘﺎﲏ ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﻣــﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ﹸﻣﻔــﺮﺩ ﹰﺍ ﻭﻋــﲆ ﺣﺎﺷــﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ -١١٠‬ﺑﺪﺍﻳـــﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺠﺘﻬـــﺪ ﻭﳖﺎﻳـــﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻘﺘﺼـــﺪ ﻣـــﻦ ﺃﻓﻀـــﻞ‬ ‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﺼﺤﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﲆ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺼﺤﻒ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻄﺒﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻣﴫﻳﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﻗﺮﺃﲥﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﻫـﻲ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺒﺤﻲ ﺣﻼﻕ ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﲠﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺻ ﱢﻮﺭﺕ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﳑﺘﺎﺯﺓ ﹸ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﲑﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪-١١١‬ﻧﻈﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﺓ ﺃﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ ﰲ ﱢ‬ ‫‪ -١٠٥‬ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺴﻠﻴﲈﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺳﺤﲈﻥ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﲈ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﴫـﻑ ؛‬ ‫‪ -١١٢‬ﻧﻈﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﴫـﻑ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻛﺘـﺐ ﻛﺜـﲑﺓ ﰲ ﱠ‬
‫ـﻦ ﺷــﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺟــﺐ ﺷــﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻓﻴــﺔ ﻭﻗــﺪ ﻧﹸﻈﹺﻤــﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻜـ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻟﺰﻛﻲ ﺍﻟـﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈـﻴﻢ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪ -١٠٦‬ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻜﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻮﻓ ﱠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻘﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﳌﺌﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ ﺍﻟـﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺸـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﻨﺬﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﹸ‬
‫ﺑﻤ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﺩ ﹸ‬

‫‪- ١٤ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫‪ -١١٣‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣــﺔ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﺧﻠــﺪﻭﻥ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﹸﺑــﻮﻻﻕ ﺍﻷﹸﻭﱃ ﺍﳊﺠــﻢ‬


‫‪ -١١٩‬ﻓــﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺒــﺎﺭﻱ ﳌﺤﻤــﺪ ﺃﻧــﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺸــﻤﲑﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴــﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻄﱠﻮﻳــﻞ ﺟــﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﺃﻓﻀـﻞ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌــﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﻌــﺖ ﰲ ﹸﺑــﻮﻻﻕ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻄﺎﺋﻒ ﻭﻟﻔﺘـﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﲣ ﹸﻠـﻮ ﻣـﻦ ﹸﻣﺆﺍﺧـﺬﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﹸﻣﺴـﺘﻘ ﱠﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﹺﻌـﺖ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻣـﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ؛ ﹾ‬
‫ﻟﻜـﻦ‬ ‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻼﺣﻈــﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺸــﻤﲑﻱ ﹶﻭ ﹶﺻــﻒ ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﳏﻤــﺪ ﺑــﻦ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﹸﺑﻮﻻﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﹺ‬
‫ﺑـﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﻘـﺮﺃ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﻣﻨـﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﺑﲈ ﻻ ﹸ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺬﺭ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -١١٤‬ﺍﳌﻨــﺎﺭ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻨﻴــﻒ ﻻﺑــﻦ ﺍﻟﻘــﻴﻢ ﺃﻓﻀــﻞ ﲢﻘﻴــﻖ ﲢﻘﻴــﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﻋﺒــﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘــﺎﺡ ﺃﺑــﻮ ﻏــﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳــﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﻋــﲆ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺆ ﱢﻟــﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ ـﻨﱠﺔ ﻟﻠﺴــﻴﺪ ﺳــﺎﺑﻖ ﻫــﺬﺍ ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﻣﺸــﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫‪-١٢٠‬ﻓﻘــﻪ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻓ ﹶﻌﻤ ﹸﻠ ﹸﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﹺﺘﺎﺏ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﴪـ‬ ‫ﹲ‬
‫ﺳـﻬﻞ ﹸﻣ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻨﺘﴩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴـﻪ ﻓﺎﺋـﺪﺓ ﻟﻄﺎﻟـﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ؛ ﻷﻧﱠـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﻫﺎ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺆ ﱢﻟﻒ ﻭﻫـﻲ‬ ‫‪ -١١٥‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻞ ﻋﲆ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻨﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻻﺑـﻦ ﺭﺟـﺐ ﺍﳊﻨـﺒﲇ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺟﻮﺣـــﺔ ﻋﻨـــﺪ ﺃﻫـــﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـــﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬـــﺎ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳـــﺚ ﻣﻨﻬـــﺎ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ ـﻨﱠﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱠ‬
‫ﺤﻤﺪ ﱠﻳــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴــﻖ ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ‬ ‫ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﺑﻤﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺃﻧﺼــﺎﺭ ﱡ‬
‫ﻛﻐـﲑ ﹺﻩ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻋﲆ ﻛ ﱢﹸﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺴـﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﹸﺳـ ﹸﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬


‫ﻭﺣﺴـﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜﺘﹸـﺐ ﺇﻻﱠ ﺍﻧﱠـ ﹸﻪ ﻳﻤﺘـﺎﺯ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻌﺮﺽ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻤـﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺜﻘﻔـﲔ ﻟﻜـﻦ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫‪ -١١٦‬ﻧﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺂﺭﺏ ﰲ ﲥﺬﻳﺐ ﴍﺡ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﺻﻞ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳﻨـﻮﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﳌـ ﹰﺎ ﻳﻔﻴـﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﻡ ﺭﲪ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺯﹶ ﱠﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﹺﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﺟﺘﹺﻬﺎﺩﺍﺗﹺ ﹺـﻪ ﻭﺁﺭﺍﺋﹺ ﹺـﻪ ﻭﺍﻟ ﱡﻨ ﹸﻘـﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﺇﻧﲈ ﻳﺘﻔﻘﻪ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺠــﺎﻣﻊ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬ ﱠﻴــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴــﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨــ ﹸﻪ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺒﺘــﺪﺉ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﻋــﻦ ﺍﻟ ﱢﻠﺠــﺎﻥ‬
‫ﴍﺣﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢ‬
‫ﺘﻮﺳﻂ ‪.‬‬

‫‪-١٢١‬ﻋﻘــﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋــﺪ ﻭﻛﻨــﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋــﺪ ﻓﻤــﻦ ﺃﻃــﻮﻝ ﻫــﺬﻩ‬ ‫‪ -١١٧‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻋــﺚ ﺍﳊﺜﻴــﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻋــﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﱢــﻲ ﻓﻴﻬــﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘــﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺋﺪ ﳑﺎ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻨـﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﲏ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺒﻌﺖ ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻤﺔ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻰ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺟـﺪﺍ" ﻋﻘـﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋـﺪ‬ ‫ﰲ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻨﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ" ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﺃﺑﻴﺎﲥﲈ ﻋﲆ ﺍﺛﻨـﻲ‬
‫ﻋﴩ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺑﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﻻ ﺷـﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺿـﺒﻂ‬ ‫‪ -١١٨‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴــﺰ ﻟﻺﻣــﺎﻡ ﹸﻣﺴــﻠﻢ ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﻋــﲆ ﻃﺮﻳﻘــﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﳊﻨﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻃﻮﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻨـﻲ ﲠـﺎ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ‬ ‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﺘﻘــﺪﱢ ﻣﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻌﻠﻴــﻞ؛ ﻟﻜﻨﱠ ـ ﹸﻪ ﱂ ﹸﻳﻮﺟــﺪ ﻛــﺎﻣﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﹺـ ﹶـﻊ ﻣﻨ ـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﲈ ﻳﻌﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﻐﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﺮﺅﻫـﺎ ﻗـﺮﺍﺀﺓ‬ ‫ﻗﹺﻄﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﹺﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱢﺴـﺒﺔ ﻟﻠ ﱠﻄﻠﺒـﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺘﻘـﺪﱢ ﻣﲔ ﻻ ﹸﺑـﺪﱠ ﻣﻨـ ﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﻫﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﹸ‬

‫‪- ١٥ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻘ ﱠﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺑﻴﺘﺎ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﲆ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺎﺑﻂ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻌﺪ ‪-‬ﻭﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﻣﻈﹺﻨﱠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﱠﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳛﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺜﺮ‬
‫‪ -١٢٢‬ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﺷــﻴﺢ ﻋــﲆ ﺍﳉــﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼــﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴــﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻟــﻪ‬
‫‪ -١٢٤‬ﺑﻠــﻮﻍ ﺍﳌــﺮﺍﻡ ﹸﻫﻨــﺎﻙ ﻃﺒﻌــﺎﺕ ﻛﺜــﲑﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬــﺎ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ‬ ‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﺵ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻜﹸﺘﺐ ﻟﺴﱢﺘﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﳐﹸﺘﴫـﺓ ﺟـﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟ ﹸﺒﺨـﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﺰﹼ ﻫﲑﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻃﺎﺭﻕ ﻋﻮﺽ ﺍﷲ ﻃﺒﻌـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﹼﻠﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜﺘﹸـﺐ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴـﺘﱠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﹸ ﹸ‬
‫ﴍﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﻌﺘﻨﻰ ﲠﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﳐﺪﹸ ﻭﻣﺔ ﹸ‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﰲ ﱡ‬ ‫ﹸﺘﴫﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ﹸﻳﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴩﻭﺡ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﴫﺓ‬
‫ﻋــﲆ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﻃــﺎﺭﻕ ﻋــﻮﺽ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭ ﻋــﲆ ﺳــﻤﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﴫﻫﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺳﻠﻴﲈﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺠﻤﻌﻮﻱ ﺍﻟـﺪﻣﻨﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻫﲑﻱ ﻛﹸﻠﻬﺎ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﲨـﻊ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﺑـﲔ ﲨﻴـﻊ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺨﺘﴫﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻜﹸﺘﺐ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺘﱠﺔ ﻛﹸﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻗﺪﻳ ﹰﲈ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﺟﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٢٣‬ﹸﻣﺼﻨﱠﻒ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺼﻨﱠﻒ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺑﺎﳍﻨﺪ ﰲ ﲬﺴﺔ‬
‫‪ -١٢٥‬ﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﺎﻃﺮ ﻻﺑـﻦ ﺍﳉـﻮﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺋـﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻗﺪﻳ ﹰﲈ ﹸﺛ ﱠﻢ ﹸﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﲬﺲ ﻭﻋﴩـﻳﻦ ﺳـﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻼ ﹲﻡ ﻧﻔﻴﺲ ﻻ ﹸﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﻏـﲑﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌﺆ ﱢﻟـﻒ ﻻ ﹶﻳ ﹾﺴـ ﹶﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛــﲔ ﺳــﻨﺔ ﻭﻫـ ﹺ‬
‫ـﺬﻩ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓــﺔ ﻓﻴﻬــﺎ ﺳــﻘﻂ ﻭﻓﻴﻬــﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺿﻌ ﹸﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻋﻘﺪ ﱠﻳﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﲢﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﹶﺧ ﹾﻠﻂ ﻋﺠﻴﺐ؛ ﹸﺛ ﱠﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺑـﲑﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﱠﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻃﺒﻌـﺎﺕ ﹶﺳـ ﱢﻴﺌﺔ؛‬ ‫ﹺﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﲈﺩ ﹰﺍ ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟ ﹼﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﹺ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﹸ‬ ‫ﹸﺛﻢ ﺣ ﱢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﹺﺒﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﺧﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﹸﻃﻼﱠﺏ ﹺ‬


‫‪ -١٢٦‬ﺍﻟﺴــﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴــﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻤــﻲ ﻣﻨ ﹸﻈﻮﻣــﺔ ﹸﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﻄﻮ ﹶﻟــﺔ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻌـﺔ‬ ‫ﱠ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ﹶﻴ ﱠﴪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺤﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﺑﹺ ﹺﻪ ﰲ ﹸ‬
‫ﻣﴩـﻭﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ﹶﺟﺰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻲ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﺳ ﹾﻬ ﹶﻠﺔ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﱂ ﹾ ﻳﺒ ﹸﻠﻐﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‬‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ؛ ﹾ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﹺﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﲇ ﺑﹺ ﹶﴩﺡﹴ ﺟﻴـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻓﻴـﻪ ﳾﺀ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﹾ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ؛ ﻟﻜﻨﱠﻬﺎ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﱠﻳـﺔ ﺑﻜﺜـﲑ؛ ﹸﺛ ﱠ‬
‫ـﻢ ﺣ ﱠﻘ ﹶﻘـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﹶﺒ ﹾﺴﻂ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﲢﻘﻴ ﹸﻘـ ﹸﻪ ﺟ ﱢﻴـﺪ ﰲ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﺇﻻﱠ ﺃﻧﱠـ ﹸﻪ ﻗـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﳏﻤﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﹶﴫﻑ ﻣـﻦ ﻏـﲑ ﺗﺄﺻـﻴﻞ ﻓﻘـﺪ ﻗـﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺹ‪" :٥٢‬ﻓﻜﻨـﺖ‬ ‫ﹶﻳﺘ ﹶ ﱠ‬
‫ﴍﻭﺡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﲡﺮﺅ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﺪﱢ ﻝ ﺍﻭ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺪﻝ ﻋﲈ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﲈﺩ ﹰﺍ ﻋـﲆ ﻣﺼـﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫‪ -١٢٧‬ﴍﻭﺡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻧﺴﺐ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻳـــﺔ ‪ :‬ﴍﺡ ﻟﻠﺸـــﻴﺦ ﻋﺒـــﺪ ﺍﳌﺤﺴـــﻦ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱠﺒـــﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﴍﺡ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﻮ￯ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ" ]ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻣـﻪ[ ﻭﻫـﺬﺍ ﻻ ﱠ‬
‫ﺷـﻚ ﺃﻧﱠـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺳــﺐ ‪.‬ﻭ ﴍﺡ ﺍﻟﻨــﻮﻭﻱ ﻧﻔﺴ ـ ﹸﻪ ﺃﻳﻀ ـ ﹰﺎ ﴍﺡ‬
‫ﹸﳐﺘﴫ ـ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺘﹸـﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻳﻀـ ﹰﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺗﹸـ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺤﻘﻴﻖ؛ ﻭﺇﻻﹼ ﹶ‬
‫ﻓﻀـ ﹾﺒ ﹸﻄ ﹸﻪ ﹸ‬
‫ﹸـﻞ ﺍﻟﺼـﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺟـﻮﻑ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔـﺮﺍ ﰲ ﺟـﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻃ ﱢﻴـﺐ ‪.‬ﻭﻛ ﱡ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﺍﻟـﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺳـﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺸـﺜﺮﻱ ﹸﳛ ﱢﻘ ﹸﻘـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﲨﻊ ﻟﻪ ﻧﹸﺴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﹶﻓ ﹶـﺮ ﹶﻍ ﻣﻨـ ﹸﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻗـﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﻳﻄﺒـﻊ ﻣﻨـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﺫﻛﹶﺮ ﻟﻨـﺎ ﺃﺷـﻴﺎﺀ ﺗﹶـﺪﹸ ﱡﻝ ﻋـﲆ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻃﺒﻌﺘﹸـ ﹸﻪ ﺃ ﹾﻓﻀـﻞ ﻣـﻦ‬

‫‪- ١٦ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫‪-١٣٣‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋـﺪ ﺍﳊﺴـﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴـﲑ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﻠﺸـﻴﺦ ﻋﺒــﺪ‬ ‫‪ -١٢٨‬ﴍﺡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻳﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ ﻻ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑـﻦ ﺳـﻌﺪﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ ﺧـﲑ ﻣـﺎ ﻳﺴـﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨـ ﹸﻪ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ‬ ‫ﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻴـﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﳌﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﴩﺡ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﹸﻣ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﱢﻚ ﰲ ﻧﹺﺴﺒﺘﹺ ﹺﻪ ﺇﹺ ﹺ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﳑﱠﺎ ﹸﻳ ﹶﺸﻜ ﹸ‬
‫ﹾ ﹶ‬

‫ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﹶﺃ ﹾﺑـﺪﹶ ﻉ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫‪ -١٣٤‬ﺇﻏﺎﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻔﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ -١٢٩‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﴍﺡ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻡ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﴍﺡ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺐ ﹸ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﹸﻣﺒﺪﻉ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ﹶﻳ ﹾﺴ ﹶﺘﻐﹾﻨﻲ ﹸ‬ ‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘ ﱢﻴﻢ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺮﺗﱠﺐ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺳ ﹸﻠﻮﺏ ﹸﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﹸ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﹲ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﹸﻳ ﹾﻌ ﹶﻨــﻰ ﺑﹺـ ﹺـﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ ﻋﻠــﻢ ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻌــﲆ ﻃﺎﻟــﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﹾ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ‬‫ﻭﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﺘﻌ ﱢﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌﺜ ﱠﻘﻔﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻔﺘﺎﻭ￯ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﹸ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻲ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴـﻪ ﹸﺃ ﹸﻣـﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻛﹺﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻌﻠﲈﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬـﻲ ‪،‬‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٣٥‬ﺃﻭﺟﺰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺪﻫﻠﻮﻱ ﹸﻃﺒﹺﻊ ﰲ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﴩـ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺐ ﻭﻧـﺎﻓﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﺘـﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺘﹺ ﹺـﻪ ﺑﻨﹸ ﹸﻘـﻮﻝ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪ ﹰﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﴍﺡ ﻧﻔﻴﺲ‬
‫‪ -١٣٠‬ﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﹲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﻦ ﹸﻛﺘﹸﺐ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﲠﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺟ ﱢﻴﺪ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﳛﺘـﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻣـﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣـﺄﺧﻮﺫ ﻓــﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﴍﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﹸ‬
‫‪ - ١٣٦‬ﻟﻠﺆﻟﺆ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺟﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﺃﴍﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤ ﱠﻴــﺰ ﴍﺡ ﺻــﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﻨﻘــﺪﻩ‬
‫ﲨﻠﺘــﻪ ﻣــﻦ ﺇﺭﺷــﺎﺩ ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺴ ﹺﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺴ ﹺﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻬﺎ ﹺ‬
‫ﹶ ﱠ‬
‫ﻓﺆﺍﺩ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘﺴﻄﻼﲏ ﻓﻴﲈ ﹸﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘـﺎﺩ ﻭﻫـﺬﻩ ﻣﻴـﺰﻩ‬
‫ﹸﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻫــﺎﺝ ﻋــﲆ ﳐﺘﴫ ـ ﺻــﺤﻴﺢ ﹸﻣﺴــﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻟﴪــﺍﺝ ﱠ‬
‫‪ -١٣٧‬ﺍ ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺠــﺎﺝ ﻟﺼــﺪﻳﻖ ﺣﺴــﻦ ﺧــﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻮ ﴍﺡ ﳌﺨﺘﴫ ـ‬ ‫‪ -١٣١‬ﹸﲢﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﰲ ﴍﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨـﺎﺭﻱ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﴍﺡ ﹸﳐﺘﴫـ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺬﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﹺ ﹶـﻊ ﻗـﺪﻳ ﹰﲈ ﺑﺎﳍﻨـﺪ ﺛـﻢ ﹸﺻ ﱢـﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﹸﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒـﻮﻉ ﻗـﺪﻳ ﹰﲈ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌـﺔ‬

‫ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﹺــﻊ ﺃﺧــﲑ ﹰﺍ ﰲ ﻗﻄــﺮ ﻭﻫــﻮ ﹲ‬


‫ﴍﺡ ﺟ ﱢﻴــﺪ ﻭﻧﻔــﻴﺲ ﻭﻓﻴــﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻗـﺪﻳﲈ ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺎﺋـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻴﻤﻨ ﱠﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻫﺎﻣﺶ ﺇﺭﺷـﺎﺩ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﴍﻭﺡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﹸﳐﺘﴫ ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٣٨‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﰲ ﴍﺡ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴـﻠﻢ ﻟــﺄﰊ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ -١٣٢‬ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﱠﻔﺘﺎﺯﺍﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻔﺘﺎﺯﺍﲏ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻧﱠـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﳏﻤــﺪ ﺑ ـﻦ ﺇﺳــﲈﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺻــﻔﻬﺎﲏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺼــﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻨــﺎ ﻫــﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱢﺴـﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻴــﺪﺓ ﻣﺎﺗﹸﺮﻳــﺪﻱ ﻓ ﹸﻴﺘﱠﻘـﻰ ﻣــﻦ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺜ ﱠﻴــﺔ؛ ﻭﺇﻻﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻟﴩﺡ ؛ ﻭﺇﻧﲈ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻨ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻛﺜﲑ ﹰﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﴩﺡ ﹺ‬


‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻔﻴﺲ ﻭﺟ ﱢﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻋﻨ ﹸﻪ‬

‫‪- ١٧ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﲔ ﹸﺭﻭﺍﺓ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼـﺤﻴﺢ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻳﻌﻨـﻰ ﺑﺎﳌﺴـﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬ ﱠﻴـﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺒﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﹸﻣﺒﺎﴍﺓ ﻭﻻ ﹸﻳﻜﺜﹺﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻗـﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫‪ -١٣٩‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﳌﻠﻬـﻢ ﺑﴩـﺡ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴـﻠﻢ ﻟــ ﺷـﺒﲑ ﺃﲪـﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﹸﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﳞـﺘﻢ ﺑﻤﺴـﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺍﺷـﺘﻤﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﹸﻌﺜﲈﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻌﺎﴏﻳﻦ ﻭﴍﺣ ﹸﻪ ﴍﺣـ ﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﻓﻴـ ﹰﺎ؛ ﻟﻜﻨﱠـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﲈ ﹸﺩ ﹸﻩ ﻋﲆ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﱂ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﳏﻤـﺪ ﺗﻘـﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗـﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻜﻤﻠﺘﹺ ﹺـﻪ ﹾ‬
‫ﱂ ﹸ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﹺﻭﺟﻬـﺔ ﻧﻈـﺮ ﺍﻷﺷـﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﻳـﺮ ﱡﺩ ﻋـﲆ ﹸﳐـﺎﻟﻔﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺻـﺎﺣ ﹸﺒ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﴩـﺡ ﺟ ﱢﻴـﺪ ﰲ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ‪ ،‬ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﹸﻌﺜﲈﲏ‪ ،‬ﻫـﺬﺍ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣ ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺜـﺎﻝ ﻣـﺎ ﹸﻳ ﱢ‬
‫ﻘـﺮ ﹸﺭ ﺫﻟـﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻳﻌﻨـﻰ ﺑﺎﳌﺒﺎﺣـﺚ‬ ‫ﻌﺎﴏ ﹰﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﱡﻠﻐﻮ ﱠﻳﺔ ﹺﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒـﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺛـﺔ ﺃﺟـﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﱄ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻔﺮ‬ ‫‪ -١٤٠‬ﺍ ﹸﳌﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ ﹸﻣﺴـﻠﻢ ﹸﻣﺆﻟﻔـﻪ ﺃﺑـﻮ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﲇ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻤـﻲ ﺍﳌـﺎﺯﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﻘﺼـﺪ ﺗـﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬
‫‪ -١٤١‬ﺑﻐﻴــﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻋــﺎﺓ ﰲ ﻃﺒﻘــﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐــﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺤــﺎﺓ ﳉــﻼﻝ‬ ‫ـﺪﺍﺀ ؛ ﻟﻜﻨــﻪ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺳــﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺼــﺪ ﺑــﻪ ﴍﺡ ﺻــﺤﻴﺢ ﹸﻣﺴــﻠﻢ ﺍﺑﺘـ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴـﻴﻮﻃﻲ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﻔﻀـﻞ ﺇﺑـﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﹸﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﹸﻳﺜـﲑ ﺑﻌـﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋـﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘـﺎﺕ ﻭ ﹸﻳﻤﻠﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﺒﻲ ﺑﻤﴫ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻗـﺮﺍﺀﲥﻢ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠـﲈ ﻓﺮﻏـﻮﺍ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺍﺀﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘ ﹸﺒﻮ ﹸﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬ ﹶﺑ ﹸﻪ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫‪ -١٤٢‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﳉﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺪﺍﻳـﺔ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗـﺔ ﻟﴩـﺡ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ‬

‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﳏﻴﻲ ﺍﻟـﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻴـﺪ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ ﺑﻤﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﱠ‬


‫ﺍﻟﺴـﻌﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﹸﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑـﺪﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﴩـﻭﺡ ﺑـﺎﻟ ﱡﻈ ﹸﻬﻮﺭ ﰲ ﻋﴫـ ﺍﳌـﺎﺯﺭﻱ ﻭﱂ‬
‫ﺑﻤﴫ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹸﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟـﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺎ ﹸﳌﻌﻠﻢ ﻫـﻮ ﺃﻗـﺪﻡ ﱡ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴩـﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﱢـﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺻــﻠﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣــﻦ ﴍﻭﺡ ﺻــﺤﻴﺢ ﹸﻣﺴــﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣــﻦ ﻣــﻨﻬﺞ‬
‫‪ -١٤٣‬ﺃﻳﴪ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻔﺎﺳﲑ ﻷﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋـﺮﻱ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺳـﻬﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻌـﺮﺽ ﻟﴩـﺡ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻘﺪﱢ ﻣـﺔ ﺭﻏـﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺯﺭﻱ ﰲ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻌﻠـﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﱠـ ﹸﻪ ﱂ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻴﴪ ﻭﻳﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﲈ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭ ﹸﻳﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﳘ ﱠﻴﺘﹺﻬﺎ ؛ ﻭﺇﻧﱠﲈ ﻋ ﱠﻠﻖ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﺳﺘﱠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣـﻮﺍﻃﻦ‬
‫ﹸﹸ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﹸﹸ‬ ‫ﹸ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺃ ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺪﱢ ﻣـﺔ ﻭﳑـﺎ ﻳﻤﺘـﺎﺯ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ ﹸﻣﺴـﻠﻢ ﻫـﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻳﺴﲑﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱢﺴـﺒﺔ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﻘﺪﱢ ﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻔﻴﺴﺔ ﰲ ﹸﻋ ﹸﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳـﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳌـﺎﺯﺭﻱ ﲨﻴـﻊ‬
‫‪ -١٤٤‬ﻗﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺘﻌ ﱢﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺇﻧﱠـﲈ ﺍﻗﺘﴫـ ﻋـﲆ ﻧﹸﻜـﺖ ﻳﺮﺍﻫـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ﹸﻣﻮﺭ ﻻ ﺗﹸﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻷﳘ ﱠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﹸ‬ ‫ﲢﺘــﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻴــﺎﻥ ﰲ ﳎــﺎﻝ ﺍﳊــﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻳ ـ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﻳــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜــﺮ‬
‫ـﺐ ﻋــﲆ ﺍﻷﺣﻜــﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬ ﱠﻴــﺔ ﻭﺗﻔﺴــﲑ‬
‫ﻨﺼـ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻫــﺘﲈﻡ ﺍﳌــﺎﺯﺭﻱ ﹸﻣ ﹶ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳــﺐ ﻭﺍﻟ ﱡﻠﻐــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻠﺘــﺰﻡ ﺍﳌــﺎﺯﺭﻱ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺗــﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴــﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳــﺚ ﰲ ﺻــﺤﻴﺢ ﹸﻣﺴــﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻳــﻮﺭﺩ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧــ ﹰﺎ ﺍﻷﻟﻔــﺎﻅ‬

‫‪- ١٨ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺬﻫﺒﻲ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ -١٥٠‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﰲ ﻧﻘﺪ ﱢ‬ ‫‪ -١٤٥‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﴩﻋﻴﺔ ﻻﺑـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘـ ﱢﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺠـﺮﻭﺣﲔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣـﻦ ﺃﲨـﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺐ ﰲ ﺗـﺮﺍﺟﻢ‬ ‫ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﳏﻤـﺪ ﺣﺎﻣـﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘـﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺃﻧﺼـﺎﺭ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴـﻨﱠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﹸﻳﺸـﺒﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺣـﺪﱟ ﻣـﺎ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣـﻞ ﻻﺑـﻦ ﻋـﺪﻱ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱠ‬
‫ﺤﻤﺪ ﱠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﹸﻜ ﱢﻠـﻢ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﹾ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺛﻘــﺔ ﺧﺸــﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘــﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴــﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺳــﺘﺪﺭﺍﻙ ﻭﻟﻠــﺪﱢ ﻓﺎﻉ ﻋﻨ ـ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫‪ -١٤٦‬ﳊﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻭﴍﻭﺣﻬـﺎ ﻟﺼـﺪﻳﻖ ﺣﺴـﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻔﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ ﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﳍﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻤﴫ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺑﹺ ﹺﻪ ﻣﺎﺗﻊ ؛ ﻟﻜﻨﱠ ﹸﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪ ﹲ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻥ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑــﺪﻭﻥ ﲢﻘﻴــﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﹸﳏ ﱠﻘﻘ ـ ﹰﺎ ﺑﻤﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﺒــﻲ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌــﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺧﻄـﺎﺀ ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌﻼﺣﻈـﺎﺕ ؛ ﺇﻻﹼ ﺃﻧﱠـ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﻋﻮﺍﺯﹲ ﻛﺒﲑ ‪ ،‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹾﹶ‬
‫ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤــﺪ ﻋــﲆ ﻛﺸــﻒ ﺍﻟ ﱡﻈﻨﹸــﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺸــﻒ ﺍﻟ ﱡﻈﻨﹸــﻮﻥ ﻓﻴــﻪ ﻣــﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﴩـﻭﺡ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﹶ‬
‫ﺍﳋ ﹾﻠﻂ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜﺘﹸـﺐ ﱡ ﹸ‬
‫‪ -١٥١‬ﻓﺘــﺎﻭ￯ ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﻋﺒــﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳــﺰ ﺑــﻦ ﺑــﺎﺯ ﺭﲪــ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻴﺲ ﻻ ﹶﻳ ﹾﺴ ﹶﺘﻐﹾﻨﹺﻲ ﻋﻨ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﹶﻔ ﹾ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﴚﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﺛﺮﻱ ﹸﳏ ﱠﺒﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﱡ ﹸﻔﻮﺱ ﺳـﻬﻞ‬ ‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫ﱟ‬ ‫ﹺﺻﻴﻐﺖ ﹸﺑﺄﺳ ﹸﻠ ﹴ‬
‫ﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻬﻤ ﹸﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺣ ﱠﻠﺖ ﺑﺎﻷﹸ ﱠﻣﺔ ﰲ‬‫ﹸ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﴫ ﻭﳛﺘﺎﺟ ﹸﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﹸﻃﻼﱠﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﻧﻔــﻴﺲ ﻻ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫‪ -١٤٧‬ﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻌــﺎﺩ ﰲ ﻫــﺪﻱ ﺧــﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺒــﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃ ﱠﻟﻔـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻹﻣـﺎﻡ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺣـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﻧﻔــﻴﺲ ﻻ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫‪ -١٥٢‬ﺃﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗـﺐ ﻻﺑـﻦ ﻗﺘﻴﺒـﺔ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﻧﺎﺅﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻨ ﹸﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﹺﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ﻃﺒﻌ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻴـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻧﺎﺅﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﹸﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺒﻌ ﹸﻪ ﹸﳏﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﻴـﺐ ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﻫﻮﺍﻣﺶ ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﻌﺖ ﻗﺪﻳ ﹰﲈ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻨﺎﻳـﺔ ؛‬ ‫‪ -١٤٨‬ﺣﺴــﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒــﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳــﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺸــﺒﻪ ﻟــﻨﺠﻢ ﺍﻟــﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ـﺐ ﺍﻟـﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﻴـﺐ ﺟ ﱢﻴـﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀـ ﹰﺎ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﹸﳏ ﱢ‬
‫ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺸ ﱡﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﲨﻊ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻧ ﹸﹸﺼـﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﱠ ﺍﱄ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﹸﳏ ﱠﻘﻘﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﹸﻣ ﱢ‬
‫ﺘﺄﺧﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٥٣‬ﲠﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﹶ ﹶ‬
‫ﻭﲢ ﱢﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻭﻣـﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻻﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﲨﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﴫ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﴍﺣﻪ ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﻛﹺﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪ -١٤٩‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋــــﺪ ﺍﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋــــﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳــــﺚ ﺍﳌﻮﺿــــﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺳﲈ ﹸﻩ ﺑـ ﲠﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﹶ ﹶ‬
‫ﻭﲢ ﱢﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺑﺎﳍﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺑﻤﴫ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺸﻮﻛﺎﲏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺘﻤـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﻘﻠـﻮﻥ‬
‫ﴍﺡ ﹸﻣﻌﺘﱪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﹲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺑﻤﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱠ‬
‫ﺤﻤﺪ ﱠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺆ ﱢﻟ ﹸﻔ ﹸﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻳﻨﻘـﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨ ﹸﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﹰﺍ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬

‫‪- ١٩ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫‪ -١٥٨‬ﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﻟـﺮﺍﻭﻱ ﻭﺃﺧـﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺴ ﹺ‬


‫ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ـﺎﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ؛ ﹾ‬
‫ﻟﻜـﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﹶﻳ ﱠﻄﻠﹺﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘ ﹶﱠﺄ ﱡﺩﺏ ﺑﹺﺂﺩﺍﺏ‬
‫ﹶﻳ ﹶﺘ ﹶﻌ ﱠﲔ ﻋﲆ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﲆ ﺣﺬﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻈﺔ ﹶ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉ ﹾﻔ ﹶﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﹶﳌ ﹺﺎ ﻧﹶﺮ￯ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﹴ‬
‫ﳾﺀ ﻣﻦ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﹺ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹸ ﹸ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟـﻮﺩ ﺑﹺﻜﹶﺜـﺮﺓ ؛ ﻟﻜﻨﱠـﻪ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﹸﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﹸ‬ ‫‪ -١٥٤‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻔﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ‬‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﹸﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﷲ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹶﺧ ﹸﺬﻭﺍ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻛﹸﺘﹺﺐ ﰲ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟ ﱠﺜـﺎﻣﻦ‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﲢﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﺂﺩﺍﺑﹺ ﹺﻪ ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑـﲔ ﹸﻃـﻼﺏ ﹺ‬‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺑﹺ ﹺﻪ ﹶ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺭﻳﻊ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹾ ﹸ‬ ‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﹸﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻔـﻴﺲ‬‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﹸﻳﻨ ﹶﹾﺼﺢ ﺑﹺ ﹺﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺄﺩ ﱠﻟﺘﹺﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﹺ ﹺ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻮﺩﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﹸﻣﺘﻌﺪﱢ ﺩﺓ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺠﺎﺝ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﳏﻤـﺪ‬ ‫‪ -١٥٥‬ﹸﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺎﴎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﹶﻣﻨ ﹶﹾﺴـﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻛـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫ـﻢ ﺗ ﹺﹸـﺮﻙ ﻟﹺ ﹸﻄﻮﻟﹺ ﹺـﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺃﻓﺖ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺤﺎﻥ ؛ ﹾ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﺠـﺎﺝ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻴـﻪ ﳾﺀ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﹰﺍ ﺑﲔ ﹸﻃﻼﱠﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ؛ ﹸﺛ ﱠ‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﺃﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹺﻤ ﹼﻞ ﻟﹺ ﹸﻄﻼﱠﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﹸﺟﺰﺋﲔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٥٩‬ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻢ ﻷﰊ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣـﻦ ﻧـﻮﺍﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪ -١٥٦‬ﻛﺘـﺐ ﰲ ﺗــﺮﺍﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺎﺀ )ﺃﻋـﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴــﺎﺀ( ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﰲ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘــﺐ ﻓﻔﻴــﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺋــﺪ ﻏﺰﻳــﺮﺓ ﺟــﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ﰲ ﺳــﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻌﻠــﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴــﻪ‬ ‫ﲬﺴــﺔ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠــﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﺁﺧــﺮ ﺑﻌﻨــﻮﺍﻥ‪) :‬ﺍﻟــﺪﱡ ﺭ ﺍﳌﻨ ﹸﺜــﻮﺭ ﰲ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ﹸﺻﻮﻟ ﱠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺣﺪﻳﺜ ﱠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﹺﻘﻬ ﱠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﺪﹸ ﻭﺭ( ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠ ﹴﺪ ﻛﺒـﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺫﻭﺍﺕ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺟ ﹺﻢ ﻭﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠـﻢ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﹺ ﹶـﻊ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻔﻬـﻢ ﺃﺧـﲑ ﹰﺍ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻ ﱢـﻮﺭ ﹺﻣـﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﺬﺍ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺳـﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻛـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﹸﳏ ﱠﻘﻖ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﹺﻋﻠﻤ ﱠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌ ﱠﻠﻬـﺎ ﹾ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﹸﻨﴩـ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹾ‬ ‫ـﺪﻫ ﹼﻦ‬
‫ﲨــﻮﻥ ﻟــﺒﻌﺾ ﻣــﻦ ﻋﻨـ ﹸ‬
‫ﺗــﺮﺍﺟﻢ ﻭﻓﻴــﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺋــﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗــﺪ ﹸﻳﱰ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺛﲈﻥ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼ ﹸﻌﻮﺑﺔ؛ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻧﴩﻫﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﳾﺀ ﻣﻦ ﱡ‬ ‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟـﱰﺍﺟﻢ‪،‬‬‫ﻷﳖـﺎ ﹸﻛﺘﹸـﺐ ﲡﻤـﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﹸﺘـﺐ ﱠ‬ ‫ﹸﳐﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒـﺪﻉ؛ ﱠ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﹸﻞ ﺭﺳـﺎﻟﺔ ﺛـﻼﺙ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠـﺪﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺑﻌـﺔ ﻓﻴ ﹸﻄـﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﻏﲑ ﹺﻩ ﹸﻳﻔﺮ ﹸﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻭﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﱢ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹸﳍ ﹼﻦ ﺣﻆ ﻭﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﹸﻛﺘﹸﺐ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱰﺍﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٦٠‬ﺍﳌﺤﲆ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﻬﲔ ﻣﻦ ﹸﻃـﻼﺏ ﹺ‬


‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ -١٥٧‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻞﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺒﺔ ﺑﲈ ﲨﻊ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬـﺔ‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻨﻰ ﻋﻨ ﹸﻪ؛ ﻷ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﻓﻘﻪ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻻ ﹸﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺮﻣﲔ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﹸﺭﺷ ﹾﻴﺪ ﹸﻃﺒﹺﻊ ﰲ ﲬﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻓﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﹺﺷﺪﱠ ﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻷﹶﺋﹺ ﱠﻤﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻼﺕ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﹾ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃ ﹾﻧ ﹶﻔﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﰲ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﹺﺌﹶﻼ ﻳﻜﺘﺴـﺐ ﻣـﻦ ﹺﺣـﺪﱠ ﺓ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﹾ‬
‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﺆ ﱢﻟﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺪﹼ ﻋﲆ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗـﺎﻝ ﰲ ﹶﺣ ﱢﻘ ﹺﻬـﻢ‬

‫‪- ٢٠ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫‪ -١٦٥‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﺮ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﺷﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻻ ﺷـﻚ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻘـﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻓﻀـﻞ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺗـﻪ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻠﻴـﻖ ﹶ‬
‫ﻧﱠﻪﹸ ﻣﹸﻔﻴـﺪﹲ ﺟـﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ﻟﻄﺎﻟـﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻳﻌﻨـﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱠﺎﺣﻴـﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﺑ ﱠﻴـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻨﲑ ﱠﻳﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺷﺎﻛﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻔ ﹺﻪ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻼﻏﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﺚ ﰲ ﹺ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﹸﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻻ ﺳ ﱠﻴﲈ ﻳﺘﻌ ﱠﻠـﻖ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺭ ﹸﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ﹾﺗ ﹶﻘﻨﹶ ﹸﻪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫‪ -١٦١‬ﻓﺘﺎﻭ￯ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺭﲪ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻋـﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﲏ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﹸﻣﺘﻤ ﱢﻴﺰ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨ ﹸﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﴪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧـﻮﺍﺯﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﺰﺀﺍ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﰲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﴩ ﹸﺟ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱡﻮﻧﺴ ﱠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﻣﻨـﻪ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠـﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫ـﻢ ﹸﺃﻛﻤــﻞ ﻃﺒ ﹸﻌ ـ ﹸﻪ ﰲ ﹸﺗــﻮﻧﺲ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﺒــﻲ ﺑﻤﴫــ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛـ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﺻـ ﱢـﻮﺭﺕ ﲨﻴﻌـ ﹰﺎ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﺒــﻲ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉــﺰﺋﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟ ﱠﺜـﺎﲏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﹸ‬ ‫‪ -١٦٢‬ﺭﺣﻠـــﺔ ﺍﳊـــﺞ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻴـــﺖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳊـــﺮﺍﻡ ﻛﺘﺒـــﻪ ﺍﻟﺸـــﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻭﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﹸﺗــﻮﻧﺲ ﺃﻳﻀـ ﹰﺎ ﹸﺻـ ﱢـﻮﺭﺕ ﺃﺧــﲑ ﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗــﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱠــﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹶﺤ ﱢﻘﻖ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻷﻣـﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻨﻘﻴﻄﻲ ﺭﲪـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌـﺎﱃ ‪،‬‬
‫ﹺﹺ‬
‫ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱠ‬
‫ﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﹸﳐﺘﴫـﺓ ﻓـﻴﲈ‬ ‫ﺣﺞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﱢ‬ ‫ﹺﺭﺣﻠ ﹸﺘ ﹸﻪ ﺇﱃ ﱢ‬
‫ﹸﻳﻘــﺮﺏ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﲈﺋــﺔ ﺻــﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬــﺎ ﻓﻮﺍﺋــﺪ ﹺﻋ ﹾﻠ ﹺﻤ ﱠﻴــﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -١٦٦‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺬﻛﺎﺭ ﳌـﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﹸﻓﻘﻬـﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺼـﺎﺭ ﻷﰊ ﻋﻤـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﴚـﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺜـﲑ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺃ ﹶﺩﺑﹺ ﱠﻴﺔ ﹺﺷـ ﹾﻌ ﹺﺮ ﱠﻳﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻄﺎﺭﺣﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﹸﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﱪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﹸﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺑﺈﻓﺎﺿـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﴚـﺀ‬ ‫ﳛ ﹶﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹶﺼﺎﺋﹺﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ‪ ،‬ﹶ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻆ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻟﻪ ﻳﺪ ﰲ ﹺﺣ ﹾﻔ ﹺ‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩ ﱠﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﺜـﲑﺓ ؛ ﻟﻜـﻦ ﺗﺒﻘـﻰ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ـﲑ ﻣــﻦ ﺃﻫـ ﹺ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜــﲑ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘــﻰ ﺑﻜﺜـ ﹴ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠــﺔ ‪،‬‬ ‫ـﻞ ﺍﻟﻌ ﹾﻠــﻢ ﰲ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﱢ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻌﺠﻲ ﻟﻮﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﻮﺍﳾ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱢﺴﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌ ﹾﻠ ﹺﻤ ﱠﻴــﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺜــﲑ ﻣــﻦ ﺍ ﹶﳌﺴــﺎﺋﻞ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹴ‬ ‫ﻭﺷــﺎﺭﻛ ﹸﹶﻬﻢ ﻭ ﹶﻃ ﹶ‬
‫ــﺎﺭ ﹶﺣ ﹸﻬﻢ ﰲ‬ ‫ﹶ‬
‫ﱄ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﹺ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﹸﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﱢ‬

‫‪ -١٦٧‬ﺗــﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﺧﻠــﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻌــﺮﻭﻑ ﺑـ ﹺ‬


‫ـﺎﻟﻌﱪ ﻭﺩﻳــﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪ -١٦٣‬ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻀــﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﻷﰊ ﺟﻌﻔــﺮ ﳏﻤــﺪ ﺑــﻦ ﻋﻤــﺮﻭ‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﺒﺘﺪﺃ ﻭﺍﳋﱪ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﻔﻴﺲ ﺣﺎﻓﻞ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻳﻌﻨـﻰ ﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴـﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﲇ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﹸﻣﺮﺗﱠﺐ ﻋﲆ ﹸﺣ ﹸﺮﻭﻑ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻌﺠـﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﹸﻌﻨـﻰ ﺑﴪـﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺒـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﹸﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻧﻔﻲ ﻣـﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒ ﹸﻠـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﹺﻩ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ‬ ‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺗﹸﻮﺟﺪ ﹸﻋﻨﺪ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹸﺗﺮ ﱡﺩ ﹸﻩ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀــﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﻷﰊ ﺟﻌﻔــﺮ ﳏﻤــﺪ ﺑــﻦ ﻋﻤــﺮﻭ‬
‫‪ -١٦٤‬ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﱡ‬
‫ﰲ ﹸﺑﻮﻻﻕ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛ ﱠﻢ ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﲇ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﹸﻣﺮﺗﱠﺐ ﻋﲆ ﹸﺣ ﹸﺮﻭﻑ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻌﺠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟ ﱡﻠﺒﻨﺎﲏ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﲠـﺎ ؛ ﻟﻜـﻦ ﹸﺑـﻮﻻﻕ ﺃ ﹾﻧ ﹶﻔـﺲ‬ ‫ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟ ﱡﻠﺒﻨﺎﻧ ﱠﻴﺔ ﺃﲨﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﹾ‬

‫‪- ٢١ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﻛﺸﺎﻑ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻨـﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﺒﻬـﻮﰐ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤ ﹸﻪ ﱠ‬ ‫‪ -١٦٨‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ ﻻﺑﻦ ﹸﻗﺪﺍﻣـﺔ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﻳـﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﹸﻣﺆ ﱢﻟ ﹸﻔـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﴍﺡ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ﹸﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﻟ ﹸﻪ ﹲ‬
‫ﻭﻫـــﻮ ﻣـــﻦ ﺃﲨـــﻊ ﻛﹸﺘـــﺐ ﺍﳌـــﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺴـــﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟ ﹸﻔـ ﹸ‬
‫ــﺮﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳــﺎﺕ ﻋــﻦ ﺍﻹﻣــﺎﻡ ﺃﲪــﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻟﻴــﻞ ﻛــﻞ ﺭﻭﺍﻳــﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﹸﺟــﻞ ﱢ‬
‫ﺻـﺢ ﺇﻃـﻼﻕ ﻋﺒـﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻜﻨﺴـﺔ ﺍﳌـﺬﻫﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﱠﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺣﺘﹼـﻰ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺄﺧــﺬ ﻛــﻞ ﺭﻭﺍﻳــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﺬﻩ ﻣﻴــﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ؛ ﺇﻻﹼ ﺃﻧﱠــ ﹸﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﹺﻣـﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚـﺮﻱ ﲢﻘﻴﻘـ ﹸﻪ ﻭﻃﺒ ﹸﻌـ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﺎ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻋﻨ ﹸﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٦٩‬ﺍﻟﴩﺡ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﻊ ﻋﲆ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻘﻨﻊ ﻟﻠﺸـﻴﺦ ﳏﻤـﺪ ﺑـﻦ‬
‫ﳘﻬـﺎ ﻭﻣـﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻌﻬـﺎ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻴﻤﲔ ﺭﲪ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃ ﱢ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﱠ ﺍﺩ ﻭﺣ ﱠﻠﻠﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﹺﹺ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺳﻤﻪ ﹸﳑﺘﻊ ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫‪ -١٧٧‬ﺍ ﹸﳌﻐﻨﻲ ﻻﺑﻦ ﹸﻗﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺆ ﱢﻟـﻒ‬ ‫ﺒﺴﻄ ﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺫ ﱠﻟﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﱢـﻲ ﻛـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﲢﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﹸﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺑﺄﺩ ﱠﻟﺘﻬـﺎ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻷﹸﻭﱃ ﻋـﲆ ﻧﻔﻘـﺔ ﺍﳌﻠـﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱡﻄﻼﺏ ﻳﺴﺘﺼﻌ ﹸﺒﻮﳖﺎ ﻭﻻ ﹶﻳﺘﻄﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﴍﺣـﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨـﺎﺭ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺠ ﱠﻠـﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻬﻤ ﹺﻪ ﺇﻻﹼ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺘﻤﻜﱢﻦ ﻣﻦ ﹸﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺷﺄ ﹸﻧ ﹸﻪ ﺭﲪ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﹺ‬

‫ﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺟـﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛ ﱠ‬


‫ـﻢ ﹸﻭﻗـﻒ ﻋـﲆ ﻧﹸﺴـﺨﺔ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻛ ﱢﹸﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﱠ ￯ ﻟﴩﺣﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺜﺎﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺜﺎﲏ ﻋﴩ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻭﱃ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣـﺎ‬
‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﺠ ﱠﻠﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﹸﺃﻋﻴﺪ ﻃﺒ ﹸﻌ ﹸﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﺴـﺨﺔ ﺗﻼﻓـﻮﺍ‬ ‫‪ -١٧٠‬ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻴﻬﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻄـﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ ﹺﻣـﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻃﺒﻌـﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﻧﻔﻴﺴﺔ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﻟـﺰﱠ ﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺗﹸﻌﻨـﻰ ﺑﺎﻟـﺪﱠ ﻟﻴﻞ ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻜﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺜــﲑﺓ ﺟــﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﺑﺎﳌﻨــﺎﺭ ﻣــﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺒﻌــﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﱠﴩـــﻳﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴــــﺎﻥ ﳏﺎﺳــــﻦ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴩــــﻳﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﴐﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤــــﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠ ﱠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮ ﱠﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺑﻤﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺃﺧـﲑ ﹰﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺋﻤـــﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌـــﺔ‬
‫ﺑـــﺎﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿـــﻌ ﱠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛـــﺮ ﻣـــﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱰﻛـﻲ ﰲ ﲬﺴـﺔ ﻋﴩـ ﹸﺟـﺰﺀ ﹰﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﺣﲆ ﺍﳊﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺷـﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻡ ﺍﺑـﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃ ﹾﻧ ﹶﻔـﺲ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـﺎﺕ ﺗﹸﻜ ﱢﻠـﻢ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺋﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤـﺪ ﺑـﻦ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫـﺎﺏ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﱠ ﻋﻮﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﺑـﻦ‬
‫ﲪﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳋﺮﻳﴢـ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﺻـﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫‪ -١٧٨‬ﻣﺒﺘﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻶﻟﺊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺤﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﺮﻳﴢ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻴﻬﻲ ﺭﲪﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﲨﻴﻌ ﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻔﻴﺲ ﻭﻣﺆﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻋﺒـﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﲑﻱ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﰱ ﺳـﻨﺔ ﺃﺭﺑـ ﹴﻊ ﻭﲬﺴـﲔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲈﺋـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺠـﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪ -١٧٦‬ﺍﻹﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﴩـﻑ ﺍﻟـﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻟﻒ ‪ ،‬ﳎﻠﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺛـﻢ ﻳـﺬﻛﺮ ﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﱠ ﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﰲ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﳊﻨﺎﺑﻠـﺔ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻋﱰﺍﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﳛﻜﻢ ﺑـﲈ ﻳـﺮﺍﻩ ﺻـﻮﺍﺑ ﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺘﻮﺳـﻂ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺳ ﹸﻠﻮ ﹸﺑ ﹸﻪ ﹸﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠ ﱠﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢ‬

‫‪- ٢٢ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫‪ -١٨٢‬ﹸﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪﻱ ﻟﻌﺒـﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑـﻦ ﺍﻟـﺰﺑﲑ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﺷـﻴﺦ‬ ‫ﺟﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﳛﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟـﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣــﺎﻡ ﺍﻟ ﹸﺒﺨــﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒــﻮﻉ ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠ ـﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﹺــﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻨــﺪ‬ ‫ﺛﻼﺛﲈﺋﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌـﲔ ﳏﺎﻛﻤـﺔ ﺑﻴـﻨﻬﲈ ﰲ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﺛﻢ ﹸﻃﺒﹺﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﹸﳏﻘﻘـ ﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺤﺎﻛﲈﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﹸﻋﻤﺪﺗﻨﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ -١٧٩‬ﹸﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺪﳼ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ‬
‫‪ -١٨٣‬ﺣﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﻭﺩ ﴍﺣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﻊ ﻃﺒﻌـ ﹸﻪ ﺃﲪـﺪ ﺷـﺎﻛﺮ‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﺷﺎﻛﺮ ﺿﻤﻦ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﳌﺤﺴـﻦ ﴍﺡ ﺟ ﱢﻴـﺪ ﻧـﺎﻓﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻌﻤـﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﱠ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻰ‬‫ﻗﺪﻳ ﹰﲈ ﱠ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ ﹺ‬
‫ﺴﺠﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﴍﻃﺔ ﹸﻣ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﲆ ﺍﻷﻟﻔ ﱠﻴﺔ ﺃﻟﻔ ﱠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓ ﹰﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻤﻮ ﱠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ ﹸ‬
‫ﱠﺪﻣﺮ ﱠﻳﺔ ؛‬
‫ﹸﺛ ﱠﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﹸﺣ ﱢﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﹺﻣـﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ﲢﻘﻴـﻖ ﻧﻈـﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳـﺎﰊ ﻻ‬
‫‪ -١٨٤‬ﹸﻣﻐﻨــﻲ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﻓﻬــﺎﻡ ﻻﺑــﻦ ﻋﺒــﺪ ﺍﳍــﺎﺩﻱ ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻓﻘــﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺄﺱ ﺑﹺ ﹺﻪ ﰲ ﹸ‬

‫ﺍﳊﻨﺎﺑﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠ ﹴـﺪ‬


‫ﺻﻐﲑ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -١٨٠‬ﺯﹸ ﺑﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺨـﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻌﻤـﺮ ﺿـﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟـﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﱠ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻏﺴـﺘﺎﲏ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﳐﹸﺘﴫــ ﺟــﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴـ ﹺـﻪ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳــﺚ ﺃﻟــﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﲆ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟ ﹸﺒﺨـﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠ ﹶﻌـﺪﹶ ﻭﻱ‬ ‫‪ -١٨٥‬ﺍﻟﻨﱡﻮﺭ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﲬﺴﲈﺋﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻭﻋﴩﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﹸﳐﺘﴫـ ﻣـﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑـﻪ ﺳـﻨﻦ‬
‫ﻫــﺬﺍ ﴍﺡ ﹸﳐﺘﴫ ـ ﻟﻠ ﹸﺒﺨــﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻮ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒــﻮﻉ ﰲ ﹶﻋ ﹶﴩـ ﹺـﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺒﻮ ﱠﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ﺑﻤﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜﺘﹸﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑ ﱠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﺰﹶ ﺍﺀ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺣﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﲬﺴﲔ ﺳـﻨﺔ‬
‫ﹾ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﴫ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲈﺋﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﻭﱂ ﹸﻳﻌﺪ ﻃﺒ ﹸﻌ ﹸﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٨١‬ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺗﻰ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ﹸﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﻃﺒـﻲ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫‪ -١٨٦‬ﺗﺒﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﺑﲈ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﻓﻀـﻞ ﺭﺟـﺐ ﻟﻠﺤـﺎﻓﻆ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃ ﹾﻧ ﹶﻔﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻛﹸﺘـﺐ ﰲ ﺃﴍﺍﻁ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣـﻮﺍﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﱠﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱠ‬
‫ﺤﻤﺪ ﱠﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻘﻼﲏ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺑﻤﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃ ﹾﻧ ﹶﻔـﺲ ﻭﺃﻭﺳـﻊ ﻣـﺎ ﻛﹸﺘﹺـﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒـﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﲣ ﹸﻠـﻮ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜﺘﹸﺐ ﻣﻦ ﳾﺀ ﻻ ﹶﻳ ﹾﺜ ﹸﺒﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺮﺍﺭﺍ ؛ ﻟﻜـﻦ‬
‫‪ -١٨٧‬ﴍﺡ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﺭﺳــﻼﻥ ﻟﺴــﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻷﲪــﺪ ﺑــﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠـﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴـﻖ ﺭﺳـﺎﻟﺔ ﹾ‬
‫ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻻﺳ ﱠﻴﲈ‬ ‫ﴍﺡ ﺣﺎﻓﻞ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ‪ ،‬ﹲ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋــﺪﹸ ﹸﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺴــﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺟـ ﱠـﻞ‬ ‫ﻣــﺎ ﻳﺘﻌ ﱠﻠــﻖ ﹺ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻘــﻪ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ﹸﺻــﻮ ﹸﻟ ﹸﻪ‬

‫ﳏ ﱠﻘــﻖ ﹶ‬
‫ﻭﺟــﺎﻫﺰ ﻟﻠﻨﱠﴩــ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻧﴩــ ﹸﻩ ؛ ﻷﻧﱠــ ﹸﻪ ﹸ ﹶ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﹸﻳ ﹶﻴ ﱢﴪــ ﹶ‬
‫ﻭﻋــﻼ ﹾ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻴﴪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻤ ﱠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﱠﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﴩ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻌﺎﻡ ﻓﻠﻢ ﱠ‬

‫‪- ٢٣ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫‪ -١٩٢‬ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺬﻛﺎﺭ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﰲ ﻓﻀـﺎﺋﻞ‬


‫ﲪﻠــﺔ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻘــﺮﺁﻥ ﻫــﻮ ﻧﻈــﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﺒﻴــﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﱠــﻮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﹸﻘــﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﹶ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻟ ﹸﻪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﹸ‬ ‫‪ -١٨٨‬ﺍ ﹸﳌﻨﺘﻘﻰ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺟﻲ ﻫﻮ ﹸﳐﺘﴫ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﻃ ﱢﻴـﺐ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺼـﻮﺩ ﺃﻧﱠـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﹺﻴﻔﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌﻨﺘﻘﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻔﻴﺲ ﻭﻧـﺎﻓﻊ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒـﻮﻉ ﰲ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨ ﹸﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺤﺎﺟـﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳـﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺗﻪ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜﺘﹸﺐ ﳌﺎ ﹸﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻘﺼﲑ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻈـﺎﻫﺮ ﰲ ﱢ‬
‫ﺣـﻖ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﱠ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ﰲ ﻣﴫـ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺳـﺘﱢﲔ‬ ‫‪ -١٨٩‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺼــﺎﺭ ﻋــﲆ ﺍﻟﻄــﺎﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺜــﺎﺭ ﻻﺑــﻦ ﺣﺠــﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺴــﻘﻼﲏ ﻭﻫــﻮ ﺻــﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﺘﻴــﺎ ﻋــﲈ ﻭﻗــﻊ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺒــﺔ ﴍﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪-١٩٣‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳌـﻮﺗﻰ ﻭﺃﻣـﻮﺭ ﺍﻵﺧـﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻔﺴـﻬﺎ ﻣـﺎ ﻃﺒﻌـﺖ‬ ‫‪ -١٩٠‬ﺍﳌﺴﻮ￯ ﴍﺡ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻮﻃﺄ ﻟﻠﺪﹼ ﻫﻠﻮﻱ ﺡ ﳐﹸﺘﴫ ﺟـﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ‬
‫ﰲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﳎﻠﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻲ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﺗﻊ ﻭﻧﻔﻴﺲ ؛ ﻟﻜﻨﱠ ﹸﻪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﺧـﻞ ﺑﱰﺗﻴـﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺗﱠﺒـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻘﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻌﺘـﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺃﻫـﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﰲ ﺗﻘـﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﻬـﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮ ﹸﻗـﻮﺕ ؛ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪﱠ ﻣـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻹﻣـﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟـﻚ ﻣـﻦ ﹸ‬
‫‪ -١٩٤‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘــﺎﺽ ﺍﻻﻋــﱰﺍﺽ ﻻﺑــﻦ ﺣﺠــﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺴــﻘﻼﲏ‬ ‫ﻃ ﱢﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻧﻔـﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺻـﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﰲ ﻣـﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﺎﻟـﻚ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺻــﻨﻔﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻋﱰﺍﺿــﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨــﻲ ﻋــﲆ ﻓــﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒــﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗــﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﺡ ﺍﻟـﺪﻫﻠﻮﻱ ﻣـﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﰊ ﺣﻨﻴﻔـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸـﺎﻓﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴــﻄﻼﲏ‪" :‬ﻟﻜﻨــﻪ ﱂ ﳚــﺐ ﻋــﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫــﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﻠــﻪ ﻛــﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﳘﻞ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﹺﺑﻪ ﻭ ﹸﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻻﻋﱰﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺒﻴﺾ ﳍﺎ ﻟﻴﺠﻴﺐ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﺧﱰﻣﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﹸﻜﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻄﺎﺋﻒ ﻭﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻋـﲆ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻴﺔ" ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺪﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﺻﻐﲑﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٩٥‬ﻧﻈــﻢ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻔــﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺒﻬــﻮﰐ ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﹺﻣــﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ؛ ﻟﻜﻨﱠ ـ ﹸﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫‪ -١٩١‬ﴍﺡ ﻣﻐﻠﻄــﺎﻱ ﻋــﲆ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﻣﺎﺟــﻪ ﻋــﻼﺀ ﺍﻟــﺪﻳﻦ ﺑــﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻧﺎﺩﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﹸﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﹲ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻴﺞ ﺍﳊﻨﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﴍﺡ ﻃﻮﻳـﻞ ﻭﻧﻔـﻴﺲ ﻭﻣـﺎﺗﻊ ؛ ﺇﻻﹼ ﺃﻧﱠـ ﹸﻪ ﱂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﲈﺋﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬‫ﻳﴩﺡ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻘﺪﱢ ﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﰲ ﱡ‬
‫‪ -١٩٦‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣــﻞ ﻻﺑــﻦ ﻋــﺪﻱ ﻫــﻮ ﻣــﻦ ﺃﻛﻤــﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﹸﺘــﺐ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛﻢ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﳛﺘﺎﺟـ ﹸﻪ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﰲ ﹸﻛﺘﹸـﺐ‬ ‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺟ ﹼﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃ ﹾﻧ ﹶﻔﺲ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹸــﻞ ﹶﺭ ﹺﺍﻭﻱ ﻣــﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟــﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻴﺰﹶ ﺗــ ﹸﻪ ﺃﻧﱠــ ﹸﻪ ﻳــﺬﻛﺮ ﰲ ﺗ ﹾﹶﺮ ﹶﲨــﺔ ﻛ ﱢ‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﺏ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﹶﻣﺮﻭ ﱠﻳﺎﺗﹺ ﹺﻪ ﻭﻣـﺎ ﻳﻌـﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﺫ ﱠﻳـﻞ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ‬

‫‪- ٢٤ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ـﺎﺭ ﹺﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﹸﻳ ﹾﺴﺘﹶﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻨ ﹸﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﻋﲆ ﺍﺧﺘﹺ ﹶﺼ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻀـﻞ ﺑـﻦ ﻃـﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﺃﺑـﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒـﺎﺱ ﺃﲪـﺪ ﺑـﻦ ﳏﻤـﺪ ﺑـﻦ‬
‫ﻔﻴﺲ ﻭﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﻭﳐﹸﺘﴫ ﺟﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ﻭﻭﺍﺿﺢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣ ﱠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﱠ‬
‫ﺳـﲈ ﹸﻩ )‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺮﺡ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺎﺑﻦ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻜﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻊ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٠٢‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻷﹸﻣﻢ ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹸﻠﻮﻙ ﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢ‬


‫ﻔﴪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢ‬
‫ﺆﺭﺧﲔ‬

‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﱪﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎ ﹸﺑ ﹸﻪ ﹸﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢ‬


‫ـﺆﺭﺧﲔ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ -١٩٧‬ﻧﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺍﻷﻧـﺪﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻴـﺐ ﻷﲪـﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼـﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﳑـﻦ ﻳـﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻷﺳـﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭﰲ ﺃﺳـﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻣـﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍ ﹶﳌ ﹼﻘـﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴـﻪ ﹸﻧ ﹸﻘـﻮﻝ ﻋـﻦ ﹸﻣ ﱢ‬
‫ﺘﺼـﻮﻓﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻧ ﹸﻘـﻮﻝ ﻋـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﹺﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ﰲ ﹸﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﻭﻣﴫـ‬
‫ﻭﻏﲑ ﱠ‬ ‫ﹸﻣﺒﺘﺪﻋـﺔ ﺑـﺪﻉ ﹸﻣﻐ ﱠﻠﻈــﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻌ ﱠﻘـﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ ﳏﻤــﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻏﲑﳘـــﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـــﻮ ﻛﺘـــﺎﺏ ﻣﻌـــﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﻨـــﺪ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺘﻘـــﺪﱢ ﻣﲔ‬ ‫ﳏﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺄﺧﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﳏﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻳـﺔ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺃﻫـﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ؛ ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺳــﻞ ﺍﻟ ﱢﺘــﻲ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﳛﺘــﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻣــﻦ ﻳــﺪﺭﺱ ﺃﺳــﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﹸﻩ ﻻﺳـ ﱠﻴﲈ ﱠ‬ ‫‪ -١٩٨‬ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻣــﻼﺀ ﻟﻠﺸــﻴﺦ ﺣﺴــﲔ ﻭﺍﱄ ﻣــﻦ ﺃﻓﻀــﻞ‬
‫ﻣـﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﺓ ﺗﹸﻐﻨـﻲ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﺮ ﹸﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺳـﺘﻬﺎ ﱠ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻫـﺬﺍ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒـﻮﻉ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﻣﺎﺋـﺔ ﺳـﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛ ﱢﹸـﺮﺭ ﻃﺒ ﹸﻌـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﹸﻳـﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻘـﺎﺭﺉ ﻛﺜـﲑ ﹰﺍ ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ ﻟـﻮ‬ ‫ﲤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺀ ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﹺﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟ ﹸﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ )‬
‫ﻭﺃ ﹶ‬
‫ﺣﻴـﻞ‬ ‫ﹸﺩ ﹺﺭﺳﺖ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺳﻞ ﰲ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻘﺪﱢ ﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﹸﺟﺰﺀ ﹸﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﹸ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﳖـﺎ ﺃﻗـﻞ ﺗﹸـﻮﺭﺩ‬


‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻣـﺮﺗﲔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﹸﻭﱃ ﰲ‬
‫‪ -١٩٩‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺎﻷﹸ ﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺛﲑ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﱠ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻌﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ ﻣﴫ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﱠﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱠ‬
‫ﺤﻤﺪ ﱠﻳـﺔ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﺟ ﱠﻴـﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﺛﻨـﻲ ﻋﴩـ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﱡ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳـﺔ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺃﻗـﻞ ﳑـﺎ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺭﻏـﻢ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺃﺟ ﹶﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸـﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﻋﺒـﺪ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﹾ‬
‫ﺰﺀ ؛ ﹾ‬
‫ﹸﺟ ﹰ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱢﺴـﺒﺔ ﹸﳌﺴـﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﺇﻻ ﱠﺃﳖـﺎ ﺟ ﱢﻴـﺪﺓ ﳐﺪﹸ ﻭﻣـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻧﺎﺅﻭﻁ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻌ ﱠﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﹸ‬


‫ﻭﻣﻔﻬﺮﺳﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫‪ -٢٠٠‬ﺍﻟ ﱡﻠﺒﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﹸﻋ ﹸﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋـﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﱢ ﻣﺸـﻘﻲ ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -٢٠٣‬ﺭﻭﺍﺋـــﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴـــﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴـــﲑ ﺁﻳـــﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻜـــﺎﻡ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻌ ﹸﺘ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻷﹸﻭﱃ ﻫﻲ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻵﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳـﻮﺍﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣـﺎ ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﲨ ﹶﻊ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺼﺎﺑﻮﲏ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺑﹺﻪ ‪ ،‬ﹶ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﹶ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﺧﲑ ﹰﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﺗ ﹶﻜ ﱠﻠ ﹶﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ﺁ ﹶﻳـ ﹰﺔ ﺁﻳـﺔ ﺑﹺﻜـﻼ ﹴﻡ ﹸﳐﺘﴫـ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻨﹶ ﱠﻈﻢ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬


‫ﻭﻣ ﹶﺮ ﱠﻗﻢ ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﹸﻳﻐﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺮﺗﱠﺐ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻠﹺ ﱠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻔ ﹶﺮ ﹺﺿ ﱠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ -٢٠١‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﹶ‬

‫ﻋــﻦ ﹸﻛ ﹸﺘــﺐ ﺗﻔﺴــﲑ ﺁﻳــﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻜــﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨــﻲ ﻳﺴــﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨـ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﲪ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ ﹶﺃ ﱠﻟﻔ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﻋ ﹸﻤ ﹸﺮ ﹸﻩ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳋﻤـﺲ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺﹺ‬ ‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﺜ ﱠﻘﻒ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻣـﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻧ ﹶﻔـﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻼ ! ﻋﲆ ﺃ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﰲ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎﺗﻪ ﹶ‬
‫ﺑﲔ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﴩﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻭﻋﴩﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ !!! ﻭﻫﻮ ﹾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ‬‫ﻷﻫـﻞ ﹺ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﳜﺎ ﹶﻟﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻛﺘﹸﺐ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻜـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﹸ ﹶ‬

‫‪- ٢٥ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﺍ ﹶﳌ ﹾﺮ ﹸﺟ ﱠﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹶﻳ ﹾﺮ ﹸﺟﻮﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﱠﺪﺭﻳﺞ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﱠﻘﺮﻳﺐ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹶﺘ ﹶﻘﺪﱢ ﻣﲔ ﹸ‬


‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﷲ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻻﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﹺﺪﹶ ﲥﺎ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ؛ ﺃﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﱠـﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﻼﺻﺔ ؛ ﱠ‬‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺷﻒ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌــﺮﰊ ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﻜــﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘــﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﻠﺠﺼــﺎﺹ ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﻜــﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘــﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻒ ﻋﲆ ﹶﻓﺎﺋﹺﺪﹶ ﲥﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻢ ﹸﻣـﺘ ﹶﹶﻤﻜ ﹾﱢﻦ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﹶﻳ ﹺﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻹﻟﻴﻜﻴـــﺎ ﺍﻟﻄـــﱪﻱ ﺍﳍـــﺮﺍﳼ ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉـــﺎﻣﻊ ﻷﺣﻜـــﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘـــﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ـﻐ ﹸﲑﻫﺎ ﹸﻛ ﹼﻠﻬـﺎ‬‫ﹶﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺒﲑﻫـﺎ ﻭﺃﻭﺳـ ﹸﻄﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺗ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺤﺮ ﹸﳏﻴﻂ ﻓﻴﻪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺁﻥ ﹺﳑﱠـﺎ ﹶﺩ ﱠﻭﻧﹶـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﹸﺃ ﹸﻟﻮﻑ ﹸﻣﺆ ﱠﻟﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹶ ﺓ ؛ ﺇﻻﱠ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٠٤‬ﴍﺡ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱠ‬
‫ﻔﺼﻞ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ﰲ ﻋﴩﺓ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫‪ -٢١٠‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴـﺪ ﻻﺑـﻦ ﺧﺰﻳﻤــﺔ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﻣـﻦ ﺃﻧﻔــﺲ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﻌﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻳــﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳌﺴــﺄﻟﺔ ﻣــﻦ ﻛﻼﻣــﻪ ﺑﺄﺳــﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﺿــﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﲨﻴﻞ ﻋﲆ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﲈﻋﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺴـﺘﺪﻝ‬ ‫ﱠﻘﻌﻴــﺪ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻀــﺎﺡ ﹸﻋﻤــﺪﰐ ﻋــﲆ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌــﺔ‬ ‫‪ -٢٠٥‬ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘ ﹺ‬

‫ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻓﲈ ﺻـﺢ ﻋﻨـﺪﻩ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺴـﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻼﺣـﻆ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﹸﻭﱃ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﺭﺍﻏـﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒـﺎﺥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱢـﻲ ﺗﹶﻠﹺﻴﻬـﺎ ﹶﻃ ﹾﺒ ﹶﻌــﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴــﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜــﺮﺍﺭ ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺴــﺘﺪﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺴــﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣــﺪﺓ ﺑﺄﺣﺎﺩﻳــﺚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ ﹶﻠ ﹺﻔ ﱠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍ ﹶﳌ ﹾﻜﺘﹶﺒﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻃﺮﻕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢٠٦‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺒﺪﻱ ﴍﺡ ﳐﺘﴫ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻟﻠﴩﻗﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫‪ -٢١١‬ﺍﻹﻛــــﲈﻝ ﰲ ﺭﻓــــﻊ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻴــــﺎﺏ ﻋــــﻦ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺆﺗﻠــــﻒ‬ ‫ﴍﺡ ﲢﻠﻴﲇ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌﺨﺘﻠــﻒ ﺍﻹﻛــﲈﻝ ﰲ ﺭﻓــﻊ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻴــﺎﺏ ﻋــﻦ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺆﺗﻠــﻒ‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌﺨﺘﻠـﻒ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻷﺳــﲈﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﹸﻨـﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺴـﺎﺏ ﻟﻸﻣــﲑ ﺃﰊ‬
‫ﻧﴫ ـ ﻋــﲇ ﺑــﻦ ﻫﺒــﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺑــﻦ ﻣــﺎﻛﻮﻻ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻮ ﻣــﻦ ﺃﻛﻤــﻞ‬ ‫‪ -٢٠٧‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛــﺐ ﺍﻟــﺪﱠ ﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻻﺑــﻦ ﹸﻋــﺮﻭﺓ ﺍ ﹶﳌ ﹾ ﹺ‬
‫ﴩــﻗﻲ ﻫــﺬﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﰲ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺆﺗﻠﻒ ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻻﺑﻦ ﱠ‬


‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﹸﳌ ﹾﺴﻨﹶﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﲆ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟ ﹸﺒﺨـﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﺬﺍ ﰲ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﹶﻳ ﹾﺴ ﹶﺘﻐﹾﻨﹺﻲ ﻋﻨ ﹸﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹲ‬
‫ﹶﹺ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﳘ ﱠﻴﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﹶ ﺎ ﹶﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ ﹶﻔ ﹶ‬
‫ﺎﺳﺔ‬

‫‪ -٢١٢‬ﹸﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﲇ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪ -٢٠٨‬ﺍ ﹸﳌﺴــﻨﺪ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹶﻌ ﱠﻠـ ﹾـﻞ ﻟﻴﻌﻘــﻮﺏ ﺑــﻦ ﺷــﻴﺒﺔ ﻣــﻦ ﹾ‬
‫ﺃﻋ ﹶﻈــﻢ ﻣــﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﹺﻩ‬
‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻠﺤﺪ – ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ – ﻟﻜﻨﱠ ﹸﻪ ﰲ ﱠﺃﻭﻝ ﹺ‬ ‫ﱢﻒ ﰲ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌ ﹶﻠ ﹾﻞ ؛ ﺇﻻﱠ ﺍ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﱂ ﹶﻳﻜ ﹸﹾﻤﻞ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹸﺻﻨ ﹾ‬

‫ﺃ ﱠﻟﻒ ﹸﻣﺆ ﱠﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻓﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬


‫ﻭﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﳊـﺪﻳﺚ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﺃ ﱠﻟﻔﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣـﻦ ﹶﺧ ﹾـﲑ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫‪ -٢٠٩‬ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟ ﹸﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﹾ‬
‫ﹶﻳ ﹾﻘﺘﹶﻨ ﹺ ﹺﻴﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹾﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﻗـﺪ ﻻ ﹶﻳ ﹾﺴـﺘ ﹺﹶﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﹺـﺪﹶ ﺓ‬

‫‪- ٢٦ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﺑﻌــﺾ ﹸﻃـﻼﱠﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﻢ ﻳﺴــﻤﻊ ﺇﺷــﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﻛﺜــﲑ ﻓﻴــﺬﻫﺐ‬ ‫‪ -٢١٣‬ﻣ ﹾﺸــﻜﹺﻞ ﺍﳊــﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧــﻪ ﻻﺑــﻦ ﹸﻓــﻮﺭﻙ ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜــﻞ ﺍﺑــﻦ‬ ‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﹸﻣﺒﺎﴍﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﺛﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﱰﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻈـﺮ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﹺﺪﹾ ﻋــﺔ ﻻ ﹸﻳـ ﹶ‬
‫ـﺆﻣ ﹾﻦ ﻋــﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﻓﻴــﻖ ﺑــﲔ‬ ‫ﹸﻓــﻮﺭﻙ ﻭﻗــﺪ ﹸﻋـ ﹺـﺮ ﹶ‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟ ﹸﻜ ﱢﻠ ﱠﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﹶﺗ ﹶﺘ ﹶﻌ ﱠﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌ ﹶﻘﺎﺋﹺﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌ ﹾﻠ ﹺﻤ ﱠﻴــﺔ‬
‫‪ -٢١٩‬ﺍﳌﻨ ﹸﻈﻮﻣــﺔ ﺍﳌﹺﻴﻤﻴــﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻــﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﹺ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫‪ -٢١٤‬ﹸﻣ ﹾﺸــﻜﻞ ﺍﳊــﺪﻳﺚ ﻟﻠ ﱠﻄﺤــﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﻫــﻮ ﻛﺘـ ﹲ‬
‫ـﺎﺏ ﻛﺒــﲑ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸــﻴﺦ ﺣــﺎﻓﻆ ﺣﻜﻤــﻲ ﺭﲪ ـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﺍ ﹶﳌﻨﹾ ﹸﻈﻮﻣــﺔ ﹸﻃﺒﹺﻌــﺖ ﰲ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻤ ﹺﻪ ‪ ،‬ﹾ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﺘﹺﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻗﻮﺓ ﹺ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﹶ ﹶ‬
‫ﺃﺧ ﹶﻄـﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﹶﺣﻴﺎﺗﹺ ﹺﻪ ﻋﲆ ﹶﻧ ﹶﻔ ﹶﻘﺔ ﺍ ﹶﳌﻠﻚ ﹸﺳ ﹸﻌﻮﺩ ﹶﻃ ﹾﺒ ﹶﻌﺔ ﹶﺟ ﱢﻴـﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀ ﹺﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﰲ ﹺ‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﹺﻣ ﹶـﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﲑﺓ ﹸﻳ ﹾﻤﻜﹺ ﹾﻦ ﹾ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗ ﹾﹸﺴﺘﹶﺪﹾ ﹶﺭﻙ ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛ ﱠﻢ ﹸﻃﺒﹺ ﹶﻌ ﹾ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﹺﺘﺎﺏ ﱂ ﻳﺘﹶﺪﹶ ﹶﺍﻭ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻟﻨ ﱠﱡﺴﺎﺥ ﹶﻓ ﹶﺄ ﹾﺧ ﹶﻄﺎﺅﹸ ﹸﻩ ﹶﻃ ﹺﻔﻴ ﹶﻔﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻋﺘﹺ ﹶﺒﺎﺭ ﱠ‬
‫ﹾ‬ ‫ـﺲ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹶﺠــﺎﻟﹺ ﹾﺲ ﻻﺑــﻦ ﻋﺒــﺪ ﺍﻟــﱪ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ﹾﻧـ ﹾ‬‫‪ -٢١٥‬ﹶ ﹾﲠ ﹶﺠــﺔ ﺍ ﹶﳌ ﹶﺠــﺎﻟﹺ ﹾﺲ ﹸ‬

‫ﻴﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧ ﹺﹶﻔـﻴﺲ ﰲ ﺑـﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻭﻋ ﹺﻔ ﹾ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ‬


‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺎﺗ ﹾﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﹶﺎﻓ ﹾﻊ ‪ ،‬ﹶ‬ ‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﺭﲪ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪ -٢٢٠‬ﺍﻟﺪﱠ ﻻﺋﻞ ﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﴪﻗﺴـﻄﻲ ﻣـﻦ ﺃ ﹾﻧ ﹶﻔـﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﹸﺘــﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳــﺐ ؛ ﻟﻜﻨﱠـ ﹸﻪ ﻣــﺎﺕ ﻭﱂ ﹸﻳﻜ ﹺﹾﻤﻠ ـ ﹸﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻛﹾﻤ ﹶﻠـ ﹸﻪ ﺃﺑــﻮ ﹸﻩ‬
‫ﹺﹺ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻨ ﹸﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻊ ﹲ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃ ﹶ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﱡ‬ ‫‪ -٢١٦‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣـــﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـــﱪﺍﻭﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺤـــﻮ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬـــﺎ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻋـــﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺿـﻤﻦ ﳎﻤـﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺘـﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋـﺔ‬
‫‪ -٢١٢‬ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻗﺘﻴﺒﺔ ﻷﰊ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻭﺳﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺑــﻦ ﻣﺴــﻠﻢ ﺑــﻦ ﻗﺘﻴﺒــﺔ ﻭﻛﺘﺎ ﹸﺑــ ﹸﻪ ﻫــﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻴــﻪ ﹾﺍﺳــﺘﹺﺪﹾ ﺭﺍﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺿــ ﹸﻌ ﹶ‬
‫ﻒ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺎﺑــﺔ ﻋــﻦ ﺑﻌــﺾ ﺍﻻﺧــﺘﻼﻑ ﰲ ﺑﻌــﺾ‬ ‫ﹶ‬ ‫‪ -٢١٧‬ﲥــﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜــﲈﻝ ﻟﻠﺸــﻴﺦ ﲨــﺎﻝ ﺍﻟــﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﳊﺠــﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻃﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺆﺳﺴـﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﳌـﺰﱢ ﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ ﺍﻟـﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺸـﺎﺭ ﻋـﻮﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫‪ -٢١٣‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻣﲔ ﹸﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟـﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺸـﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﲇ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﹸﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫‪ -٢١٨‬ﹺﻋﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﱠ ﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﺃﺷﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﺇﺷﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﹺﻋﻠــﻞ ﺧﻔ ﱠﻴــﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳــﺚ ﻻ ﹸﻳــﺪﹾ ﹺﺭﻛﹸﻬﺎ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺒﺘــﺪﺅﹸ ﻭﻥ ‪ ،‬ﱠﺃﻣــﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﺴـﺘﺤﻖ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻳ ﹸﺘ ﹸﻪ ﺃﻃﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﱢ‬
‫ـﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺎﻟــﺐ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢ‬
‫ﺘﺄﻫــﻞ ﻓﻠﻴﻘــﺮﺃ ﰲ ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻮ ﻛﺘـ ﹲ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﹺﻊ ﻣﻨ ﹸﻪ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻋﴩ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﹸﻳ ﹾﻌﻨﹶــﻰ ﺑـ ﹺـﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺎﻟــﺐ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻋــﲆ ﻃﺎﻟــﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﻢ ﺍ ﹸﳌــﺘﻤﻜﱢﻦ ﹾ‬

‫ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢ‬
‫ﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﻮ ﺃ ﹾﻓﻨﹶﻰ ﹸﻋﻤﺮ ﹸﻩ ﰲ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳــﱰﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻈــﺮ ﰲ ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﻢ ﺑﺎﻟ ﹸﻜ ﱢﻠ ﱠﻴــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣــﻊ ﺍﻷﺳــﻒ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻥ‬

‫‪- ٢٧ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ـﻲ ﲠـﺎ‬‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺇﳖﻢ ﺯﻧﺎﺩﻗﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍ ﹸﳌﻘﺪﱢ ﻣـﺔ ﹸﻃﺒﻌـﺖ ﹺﻣـﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ﹺ‬


‫ﻭﻋﻨ ﹶ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫‪ -٢١٤‬ﺍﻹﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﻟﻌـﲇ ﺑـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴩﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﻌﺖ ﹸﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﹸﺮﲨﺖ ﺇﱃ ﹸﻟﻐﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﱠﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱠ‬
‫ﺤﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻴﲈﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺩﺍﻭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢١٩‬ﺷﺬﺭﺍﺕ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﰲ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﲈﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟـﱰﺍﺟﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻨﺒﲇ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﹸﳐﺘﴫ ﹸﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﱠ‬ ‫‪ -٢١٥‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣــﻞ ﻻﺑــﻦ ﺍﻷﺛــﲑ ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﰲ ﹸﺑــﻮﻻﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﰲ‬
‫ـﺄﺧﺮ ﻭﻓــﺎﺓ ﹸﻣﺆﻟﻔــﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼــﺎﺭ ﺷــﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻴﺰ ﹸﺗ ـ ﹸﻪ ﺗـ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻣ ﹺﺸ ﹺـﻪ ﻛﹸﺘــﺐ ‪ .١ :‬ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮﻳــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﺒـﻊ ﻋــﲆ ﹺ‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻌ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻘـﺪﹾ ﹺﳼ ﰲ ﺛﲈﻧﻴـﺔ ﺃﺟـﺰﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ ﺃﺧـﲑ ﹰﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻣ ﹺﺸـ ﹺـﻪ ﺍ ﹶﳉـ ﹶـﱪﰐ ‪ .‬ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗــﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻌ ﹾﺘﺒﹺــﻲ ‪ .٢‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﻋــﲆ ﹺ‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫ﹸﳏ ﱠﻘﻘ ﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻨﲑ ﱠﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺴـﻌﺔ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠـﺪﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﱢﺴـﺒﺔ ﳍـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺗﺎﺡ ﳍﺎ ﻛﺜﲑ ﹰﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺃﻫــﻢ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺠﺮﺟــﺎﲏ ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﹺﺘــﺎﺏ ﻣــﻦ‬ ‫‪ -٢٢٠‬ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣــﻞ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜﺘﹸﺐ ﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ﹺﻋﻨﺎ ﹶﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻌﻠـﲈﺀ ﻭ ﹸﻃـﻼﱠﺏ‬ ‫‪ -٢١٦‬ﻻﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﺮﺷﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻜﹸـﻮﻫﻲ ﻣـﻦ ﺃﻫـﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺣ ﹺـﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻩ ﻣﻊ ﹸﴍ ﹺ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﹶ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﹺﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ؛ ﻓﻌﲆ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻨــﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴــﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺋــﺪ ﻭﻓﻴــﻪ ﻟﻄــﺎﺋﻒ ﻭﻟﻔﺘــﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﲣ ﹸﻠــﻮﺍ ﻣــﻦ‬
‫ﴍﻭﺡ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘ ﹶﱠﺴ ﹾﻠ ﹸﺴﻞ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻫـﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﰲ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ﹸﻪ ﹸ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﹸﻣﺆﺍﺧﺬﺍﺕ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺟﺮﻭﻣ ﱠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻌ ﹸﻪ ﹸﻣﺒﺎﴍﺓ ‪،‬‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﻗﹺﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺤﻮ‬
‫ﹸﺛﻢ ﹶﻗ ﹾﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺪ￯ ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛﻢ ﺍﻷ ﹾﻟ ﹺﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﹸﴍ ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪ -٢١٧‬ﹸﲢﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻮ ﹸﺩﻭﺩ ﺑﺄﺣﻜـﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻮ ﹸﻟـﻮﺩ ﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﺍﻟـﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﺍﺑـﻦ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘ ﱢﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻧﺎﺅﻭﻁ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢٢١‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱢﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﻛﺜـﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄـﱪﻱ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹸﻣﺴﺘﻤﺪﱞ ﰲ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻪ ﻻﺳ ﱠﻴﲈ ﻧﺼ ﹸﻔ ﹸﻪ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳـﺔ‬
‫‪ -٢١٨‬ﹸﻣﻘﺪﱢ ﻣﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺧﻠﺪﹸ ﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻛﹸﺘـﺐ ﰲ ﱢ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﹸﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﲆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻱ ﰲ ﺗﺎﺭﳜﹺ ﹺﻪ ﻭﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧــﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑــﺎﺕ ﻣــﻦ ﺑﻌــﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﱠــﺎﺱ ﰲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺟــﺘﲈﻉ ‪ ،‬ﹾ‬
‫ﹸﺃﺧــﺮ￯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊــﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﻛﺜــﲑ ﻣﻨﺰﻟ ﹸﺘ ـ ﹸﻪ ﰲ ﹸﻋ ﹸﻠــﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﹸﻳﺸﻜﱢﻚ ﰲ ﻧﹺﺴﺒﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺧﻠـﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﱠﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﹸﻋﻨ ﹺ ﹶﻲ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﹺ ﹺﻪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘـﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎ ﻭﻳ ﹸﻠﻮﺡ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺃ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱠﺇﳖﺎ ﹸﻣﺴﺘﻤﺪﱠ ﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ـﲑﺍﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺠ ﹸ‬‫ﻭﻓﻀ ﹸﻠﻮ ﹸﻩ ﻋﲆ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﳖﻢ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼـﻔﺎ ؛ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱄ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺇﺷﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﺳـﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﺧـﻮﺍﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻭﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱢﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻳﻘـﺮﺅﹸ ﹸﻩ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸـ ﹸﻴﻮﺥ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺩﻋ ﹸﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺧﻠﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﹸﻣﻘﺪﱢ ﻣﺘﹺ ﹺـﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﲔ ﱢ‬
‫ﻏـﲑ ﹺﻩ ؛ ﻷﻧﱠـ ﹸﻪ ﺟـﺎﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺆﺛﺮﻭﻧ ﹸﻪ ﻋـﲆ ﹺ‬‫ﻄﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﹸﻳ ﹸ‬‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺟﺮﺩ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱠ‬ ‫ﳍـﺆﻻﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼـﻔﺎ ﻓﻬـﻮ ﺇﺑـﺮﺍﺯﹲ ﹸ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﹸﻣﺴﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﹺﹺ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﱢ ﻣﺔ ﻭﺇﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﹸﻣﺆ ﱢﻟﻔﻪ ﲡﻌﻞ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻌﻠﲈﺀ ﹸﻳ ﹾ‬
‫ﻌﻨـﻮ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺿ ﹸﻌ ﹸﻬﻢ ﺃﻫـﻞ ﺿـﻼﻝ ﺣﺘﹼـﻰ ﻗـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻮﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻭﺳـﺒﻌﲈﺋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﹸﻣ ﱢ‬

‫‪- ٢٨ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﺘـﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﱪﻱ ﺑﺄﺭﺑﻌﲈﺋﺔ ﻭﺳﺘﲔ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﹸﻋﻨـﻲ ﺑﻘﺼـﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴـﻌﺪﻱ ﻛ ﹲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻟﻜﲔ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﱢ‬ ‫‪ -٢٢٣‬ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﹶﻳ ﹾﻘ ﹶﺮﺅﹸ ﹸﻩ ﺑﹺﻨﹶ ﹾﻔ ﹺﺴ ﹺﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﹶﻃ ﱢﻴﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﻓﹺﻊ ‪ ،‬ﹶﻳﻨﹾ ﹶﻔ ﹸﻊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴــﻼﻡ ﻭﺷــﲈﺋﹺﻠﹺ ﹺﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼــﻼﺓ ﱠ‬‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴــﺎﺀ ﻭﺳــﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒــﻲ ﻋﻠﻴــﻪ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﹸﺘﹺﺐ ﺑﹺﻠﻬﺠﺔ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻌ ﹾﴫ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺪﱡ ﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺘﻌﺎﻗـﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻣﻨ ﹺ ﹺـﻪ ﺭﲪـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﻣﺎﺗﻊ ﻻ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﹲ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﹸﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﺑﱰﺍﺟﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫‪ -٢٢٤‬ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﰲ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﻳـﲈﻥ ﻷﰊ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒـﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﺳﲈ ﹸﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﻬﺎﻳﺔ ؛ ﻷ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻨ ﹸﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺫ ﱠﻳﻠ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﻞ ﹸﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﻳﲈﻥ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻫـﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﱠـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﹺﺷ ﱢﻘﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱢﻬﺎﻳـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳـﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱢﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺣﻢ ﳑﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﱠ ﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ -٢٢٥‬ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻨﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻘـﺎﴈ ﺃﰊ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴـﲔ ﳏﻤـﺪ ﺑـﻦ‬ ‫ﻣـﺮﺓ ﻋـﲆ ﻧﻔﻘـﺔ ﺍﳌﻠـﻚ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳـﺰ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ ﱠ‬
‫ﻷﻭﻝ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﰊ ﻳﻌــﲆ ﺍﳊﻨــﺒﲇ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴــﻖ ﳏﻤــﺪ ﺣﺎﻣــﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘــﻲ ﻣﻄﺒﻌــﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴــﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻫــﺬﻩ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺭﻏــﻢ ﲨﺎﳍــﺎ‬
‫ﺭﲪ ـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱠ‬
‫ﺤﻤﺪ ﱠﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﲠﺎ ﺇﻻﹼ ﱠﺃﳖﺎ ﻻ ﲣ ﹸﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﹸ ﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﻣـﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ؛ ﱠ‬
‫‪ -٢٢٦‬ﹸﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻷﻗـﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺒﻮ ﱠﻳـﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ ﺍﻟ ﹸﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﱠﻳـﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺼﺤﻴﻒ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨ ﱠﱡﺴـﺎﺥ‬
‫ﺍﻏﺴـﺘﺎﲏ‪ ،‬ﻃ ﹸﺒـﻊ ﰲ ﺍﺳـﻄﻨﺒﻮﻝ ﺳـﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﱠ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺﳑﱠﺎ ﳚﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺃ ﱠﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﳑﺎ ﲤﻴﺰ ﹺ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺴـﻪ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺟﺮ ﹶﺩ ﹸﻩ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻒ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲈﺋﺔ ﻭﺛﲈﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﹸﳐﺘﴫ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻴﺪ ﻃﺒ ﹸﻌـ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ ﹰﺎ ﳑﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻦ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ؛ ﹺ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ ﺿـﻌﻒ ﻣـﺎ ﰲ ﹸﳐﺘﴫـ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺯﹸ ﻫﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻨ ﱠﱠﺠﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛ ﱠﻢ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺃﺧﲑ ﹰﺍ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﱡ ﻛﺘﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﹸﳐﺘﴫ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻟ ﱠﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﹸﻳﻌـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭ ﹸﺑ ﱢﲔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻮﺩ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻲ ﻭﻃﺒﻌ ﹸﺘ ﹸﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﹾ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﱡ‬
‫ﻃﺒ ﹸﻌ ﹸﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻ ﱢﺤﺢ ﺑﹺﻘﺪﹾ ﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﺴﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﰲ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‬
‫‪ -٢٢٧‬ﺍﳉﻤـــﻊ ﺑـــﲔ ﺍﻟﺼـــﺤﻴﺤﲔ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻴـــﺪﻱ ﻛﺘـــﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺭﲪ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﲨﻴﻞ ﻭﻧﻔﻴﺲ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺃﺧﲑ ﹰﺍ ﺇﻻﱠ ﺃﻧﱠـ ﹸﻪ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧـ ﹰﺎ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼـﺤﻴﺤﲔ ﹸﻣﺒـﺎﴍﺓ؛ ﺑـﻞ ﻗـﺪ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺋ ﹰﲈ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻣـﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴــﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ -٢٢٢‬ﺇﺭﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴــﻞ ﰲ ﲣــﺮﻳﺞ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳــﺚ ﻣﻨــﺎﺭ ﱠ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﲆ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹾﺴﺘﹶﺨﹾ ﹶﺮ ﹶﺟﺎﺕ؛ ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﲡﺪﹸ ﰲ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﹺ ﹺﻪ ﻣﺎ ﹸﳜﺎﻟﻒ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺸـﻴﺦ ﳏﻤـﺪ ﺑـﻦ ﻧـﺎﴏ ﺍﻟـﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﺒـﺎﲏ ﺭﲪـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﲔ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ ﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﹸﻳ ﱢﺒﲔ ﻭ ﹸﻳﻤ ﱢﻴﺰ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠﻔﻆ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﱠـ ﹸﻪ ﻟـﻴﺲ ﻋـﲆ ﻗﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﹸﻣ ﹾﻀـ ﹶﻄ ﹺﺮ ﹶﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗـﺪ‬
‫ﰲ ﱠ‬
‫ـﺾ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴚــﺀ‪ .‬ﺃﻣــﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱢﺴــﺒﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﳉﻤــﻊ ﺑــﲔ‬ ‫ﹶﻳ ﹸﻔﻮ ﹸﺗ ـ ﹸﻪ ﺑﻌـ ﹸ‬

‫‪- ٢٩ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﹺ‬
‫ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳌـﺬﺍﻫﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤـﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳـﺎﺕ ﻏـﲑ‬ ‫ـﺮﻑ ﺃ ﱠﻧـﻪ ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﺇﻻﱠ ﻣــﺮﺓ ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣــﺪﹶ ﺓ ﻭﺃﺧــﲑﺓ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼــﺤﻴﺤﲔ ﻻ ﺃﻋـ ﹸ ﹸ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﲠﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٣٣‬ﺇﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻌﲔ ﻋـﻦ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﳌﲔ ﻭﺳـﻮﺍﺀ ﻗﻠـﺖ‬ ‫‪ -٢٢٨‬ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻟﻠﲈﻭﺭﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﲆ ﺍﺳـﻤﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋـﻼﻡ ﻛﻠـﻪ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌﻮ ﱢﻗ ﹸﻌـﻮﻥ ﻫـﻢ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻔﺘـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺆ ﱢﻟ ﹸﻔ ﹸﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺭﺩﻱ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻛﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﱠ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌ ﱠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ ﱠ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋـﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺈﻥ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺇﻋـﻼﻡ ﺍﳌـﻮﻗﻌﲔ ‪ :‬ﻓـﺎﺑﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﹺﻤﺘﹺ ﹺﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬ ﱠﻴـﺔ ﰲ‬ ‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﳜﱪ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻌﲔ ﺑـﲈ ﳚـﺐ ﻋﻠـﻴﻬﻢ ﻣـﻦ ﴍﻭﻁ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﹸﺧـﺮ￯‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ ﹸﳏ ﱠﻘـﻖ ﰲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮ￯ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺍﲠﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ ﱠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ￯؛ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻋﻠـﻢ ﻣـﺎﺫﺍ ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﲆ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻋﴫﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻤﻞ؛ ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‬ ‫ﻣﻨ ﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﻣﻨ ﹸﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ؛ ﻟﻜﻨﱠ ﹸﻪ ﱂ ﹶﻳ ﹸ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﻪ ﻓـﺮﺝ ﺍﷲ ﻛﹸـﺮﺩﻱ ﻭﻣﻌـ ﹸﻪ ﺣـﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺒﻌﺘﹸـ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﺠﺎﺭ ﱠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﱠﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻷﳖﺎ ﱠﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﹸﻋﻨ ﹶﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ؛ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﺎﺑ ﹸﻌﻬـﺎ ﹸﻣـﺘﱠﻬ ﹰﲈ ﺑﺄﻧﱠـ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﺓ ﰲ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﴫﺍﻁ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﹸﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﺤﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ -٢٢٩‬ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺎﺀ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﲥﹺﻢ ﺑﺄ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﹸﳛ ﱢﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﹸﺘﺐ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺗ ﹸﻪ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺃﺧﻄـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﲠﺎﺋﻲ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹶﺤ ﱠﻘﻘﺔ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻧـﺎﴏ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﻞ ﹶﻃ ﱢﻴ ﹶﺒـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺒﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﹸﻣﻨﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﱢ ﻣﺸﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻲ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﹶﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﹶ ﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ـﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣــﻦ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ‬
‫ـﺤﺤﺔ ﻫــﻲ ﻣـ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﻫــﻲ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﺟ ﱢﻴــﺪﺓ ﹸﻣﺼـ ﱠ‬
‫ﺼﺤﺤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛـﻢ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻃﺒﻌـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﹸﺮﺩﻱ ﻟﻜﻨﱠﻬﺎ ﹸﻣ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﹸﻃﺒﹺـﻊ‬ ‫‪ -٢٣٠‬ﺍﻟ ﹸﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﱠ‬
‫ﹸﳏﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻜﻮﻧﹺ ﹺﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫـﻞ ﺍﻟﻔـﻦ ؛‬ ‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﺣﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﹶﻃ ﹾﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻨﱠــ ﹸﻪ ﺃ ﹾﺗ ﹶﻘــﻦ ﺍﻷﹸ ﹸﻣــﻮﺭ ﺍﻟ ﱢﻄﺒﺎﻋ ﱠﻴــﺔ ﱢ‬


‫ﺍﻟﺼــﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺗﹾﻘﻨﻬــﺎ ﺿــﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺳ ﹸﻄﺮ ﻭﳖﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ؛‬ ‫ﳚ ﹶﻤـﻊ ﺍﳌـﺬﺍﻫﺐ؛‬ ‫‪ -٢٣١‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻭﺃﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﻟﻠـﺰﺣﻴﲇ ﹶ ﹾ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﹸﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍ ﹸﻩ ﺃﻗﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺛـﻢ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺫﻟـﻚ‬ ‫ﲨ ﹺﻌـ ﹺـﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﹺﻴــﺰﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟــﻊ ﺍﻟ ﱢﺘــﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻤــﺪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺴــﺖ ﺍﳌﻴــﺰﹶ ﹸﺓ ﰲ ﹶ ﹾ‬
‫ﹶ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼــﻔﺤﺔ؛ ﻟﻴﺘﺄ ﱠﻛــﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴــﺎﻥ ﻣــﺎ ﹶﻧ ﹶﻘﻠ ـ ﹸﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻫــﺎ ﺑـ ﹸ‬
‫ـﺎﳉﺰﺀ ﱠ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺑﺤﺚ ﹺ‬

‫‪ -٢٣٤‬ﻃـــﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺜﺮﻳـــﺐ ﴍﺡ ﻟﻜﺘـــﺎﺏ ﺍﺳـــﻤﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳـــﺐ‬ ‫‪ -٢٣٢‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﻳـﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗـﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﰲ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻏﲑ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌـﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣـﻦ ﻛﹸﺘـﺐ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳐﺘﴫ ﺻﻐﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﻭﻱ ﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬

‫‪- ٣٠ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻟﻮ ﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﹾﻔ ﹶﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﺗﹸﺮﻳﺪﹸ ﻫﺎ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﹶﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭ ﹶﻛ ﹾﺜ ﹶﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﺻﺢ ﺍﻷﺳـﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﲨﻌﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﱠﺇﳖﺎ ﹸﺭ ﹺﻭ ﹶﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﹸ‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﻫـ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﺗ ﹶﹶـﺮ ﱡﺩ ﹾﺩ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﻟﻜﹺﺘـﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ﹸﺑـﻮ ﹸﻋﺒﻴــﺪ ﹶ ﹶ‬
‫ـﻞ‬ ‫ـﺎﺡ ﹾ‬ ‫ﳏ ﹼـﻞ ﹾﺍﺭﺗ ﹶﻴ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺢ ﺍﻷﺳـﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺃﻫـﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻋﴩ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻭﳍﻢ ﹺﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﹺﻜﹺﺘﺎﺑﹺ ﹺﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬ ‫ﺃﺻـﺢ‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﹸﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﹸﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟـ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫ﹺﳑﱠﻦ ﻳﺮ￯ ﺃ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﹸﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﹾ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﹸﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﱠ‬
‫ـﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳــﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﲨــﻊ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳــﺚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﻣــﻦ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳــﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺛـ ﱠ‬
‫‪ -٢٣٦‬ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺿــﺪﺍﺩ ﻻﺑــﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒــﺎﺭﻱ ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠـ ﹴـﺪ‬ ‫ﱠﻨـﺎﻭﺏ‬
‫ﴍﺣ ﹸﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟـﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗـﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘ ﹸ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﹶﻳ ﱠﻄﻠﹺﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﹾ‬
‫ﱞ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺪ ﹺﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﰊ ﺯﹸ ﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳊـﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗـﻲ ﻛﺜـﲑ ﻣﻨـﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﹺ‬

‫ﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﹺﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﱠﻤﻴﻴـﺰ ﺑـﲔ ﻣـﺎ ﴍﺣـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻷﺏ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﻤﺆ ﱢﻟﻒ ﺇﻧﱠﲈ ﹺ‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫‪ -٢٣٧‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺯﹸ ﻫﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﴏ ﻟﺼـﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨـﺎﺭﻱ )ﺃﻓﻀـﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼـ ﹸﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻻ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻘـﺮﺍﺀﺓ‬ ‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﴍﺣ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻻﺑﻦ ﰲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﱡ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺼـﺤﻴﺢ ( ﻫـﻲ ﹸﺻـﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻄﺎﻧ ﱠﻴﺔ ؛ ﺑـﻞ‬ ‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ؛ ﻷ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﴍﺡ ﻣﻦ ﱠﺃﻭﻟﹺ ﹺﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺋﹺ ﹺـﻪ ﻗﹺﻄـﻊ‬
‫ﹺ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴـــﻠﻄﺎﻧ ﱠﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴـــﻠﻄﺎﻧ ﱠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺻـــﻞ ؛ ﻷ ﱠﻥ ﱡ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀـــﻞ ﻣـــﻦ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺴـﻮﺏ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﻟـﺪ‬ ‫ﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺁﺧ ﹺﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲡﺪ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ ﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﴩﺡ ﹸ‬ ‫ﹸﻣ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﹸﻭ ﹺﺟﺪﹶ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻳﺴﲑﺓ ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﹸﻞ ﹸﺟـﺰﺀ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﹶﻧ ﹶﻔـﺲ ﺍﻷﺏ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻻﺷـﻚ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺃﰊ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﰊ ‪،‬‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ‬

‫ﲬﺴــﺔ ﺳــﺘﺔ ﺳــﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺧﻄــﺎﺀ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒــﺎ ﹶﻓ ﹸﺼـ ﱢ‬


‫ـﺤﺤﺖ ﰲ ﻫــﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺤﺪﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻳﺒﻘـﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ ﹶﻧ ﹶﻔﺲ ﺍﻻﺑﻦ ﹸ‬
‫ﻣﻌـﺮﻭﻑ ؛ ﹾ‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﻴﴪ ـ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳐﺪﹸ ﻭﻣــﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺼﱡـ ـﻮﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﻌﲈﳍﹸﺎ ﺳــﻬﻞ ﺟــﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺑﺪ ﱠﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺎ ﴍﺣ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻭﻣﺎ ﴍﺣ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻻﺑﻦ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺭﻗــﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑــﺎﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺣــﺎﻻﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑــﺎﻟﺘﱠﺨﺮﻳﺞ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﳋ ﱢﻄ ﱠﻴﺔ ﹸﺫﻛﹺﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﱠـ ﹸﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﹸﻫﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﺴﺦ ﹶ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﹸ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻄﺎﻧ ﱠﻴﺔ ﻟـﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻬـﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﻌـﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﻛ ﱢ‬
‫ﹸـﻞ ﻭﺟـﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴـﻨﲈ ﱡ‬ ‫ﹸـﻞ ﺣـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ‬‫ﺇﱃ ﹸﻫﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﹸﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﹸﻫﻨﺎ ؛ ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻋـﲆ ﻛ ﱢ‬
‫ﺇﺣــﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﻻ ﺗــﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻃــﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﻻ ﺇﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﻋــﲆ ﹸﲢﻔــﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﴩــﺡ ﻣــﻦ ﺃ ﹾﻧ ﹶﻔــﺲ ﹸﴍﻭﺡ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳــﺚ ﻭﺃﻭﺳ ﹺ‬
‫ــﻌﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻨــﻲ ﱠ‬
‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴـــﺘﱠﺔ ﺍﻷﺻـــﻠﹺ ﱠﻴﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﴍﺍﻑ ﻭﻻ ﲣـــﺮﻳﺞ ﻣـــﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﹸﺘـــﺐ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻭ ﹶﻓﺎﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﹸﻃﺒﹺﻊ ﻗـﺪﻳ ﹰﲈ ﺑﻤﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﳉﻨـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱠـﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱠﴩـ‬
‫ﹾ‬
‫ﱠﻌﺎﻣ ﹸـﻞ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺭ ﹸﻗﻬﺎ ﹸﳏـﱰﻕ ! ﺃﺳـﻮﺩ ﹶﻳ ﹾﺼـ ﹸﻌ ﹸ‬
‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺍﺀ ﹸﺓ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ ﹸ‬ ‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﺟ ﱢﻴــﺪﺓ ﻻ ﺑــﺄﺱ ﲠــﺎ ﺃﺧﻄــﺎﺀ ﻳﺴــﲑﺓ ؛ ﻟﻜﻨﱠﻬــﺎ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒــﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻌ ﹸﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٣٨‬ﻣﻮﺿـــﺢ ﹶﺃﻭﻫـــﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﻤـــﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳـــﻖ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻴـــﺐ‬ ‫‪ -٢٣٥‬ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻷﰊ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳـﻢ ﺑـﻦ ﺳـﻼﻡ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﹶﺎﻓﹺ ﹲﻊ ﰲ ﹶﺑﺎﺑﹺ ﹺﻪ ‪ ،‬ﹶﻳ ﹾﻌﺘ ﹺﹶﻤﺪ ﻋﲆ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺙ ﻧﹶﻈﹺــﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﹺﻘــﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻮ ﹸﳏــﺪﱢ ﹾ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ ﹺ‬
‫ﹶﺃﺋ ﱠﻤــﺔ ﺍﻟ ﱡﻠ ﹶﻐــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻮ ﹶﺳــﻠﻴﻢ ﹾ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﹶﺭ ﹺﺍﻭﻱ ﹶ ﹾ‬
‫ﳚ ﹺـﺰﻡ‬ ‫ﹶﺗ ﹶﻘﺪﱠ ﹶﻣ ﹸﻪ ﻭ ﹸﻳ ﹶﺮ ﱢﺟﺢ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﹸﻳ ﹾﻌﺘ ﹶﹶﻦ ﺑﹺﻜﹺﺘﺎﺑﹺ ﹺﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﹾ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹾ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺋ ﱠﻤﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺘﻘﺪﱢ ﻣ ﹾ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﳏﻞ ﹺﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﻛﹺﺘﺎ ﹸﺑ ﹸﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﹼ‬
‫ﺁﺧـﺮﻭﻥ‬‫ﻭﳚ ﹺـﺰﻡ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺋ ﱠﻤـﺔ ﱠﺃﳖﹸـﲈ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪ ﺃﻭ ﱠﺃﳖﹸـﻢ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪ ﹶ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻭﺻـﺎﺭ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﹶ‬ ‫ﺘـﺄﺧ ﹺﺮ ﹾ‬
‫ﺃﳖـﻢ ﻋـﺪﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﹺﺘــﺎﺏ ﹸﳏﺎﻛﻤـﺔ ﺑــﲔ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻭﺭ ﰲ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠﻜﹺـ ﹺـﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﹺﺘﹶﺎ ﹸﺑ ـ ﹸﻪ‬
‫ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻗــﻮﺍﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﱠﹸ‬ ‫ﹸﻳﺆ ﱢﻟــﻒ ﰲ ﻏﺮﻳــﺐ ﺍﳊــﺪﻳﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻧــﲈ ﹶﻳــﺪﹸ ﹸ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﻟﻜـــﻦ ﺗ ﹾﹶﺮﺗﹺﻴ ﹸﺒـــ ﹸﻪ ﳛﺘـــﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﹶﻓ ﹾﻬ ﹶﺮ ﹶﺳـــﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺼﻴﺐ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﹸﺪﱠ ﹶﻋﻰ ﻟ ﹸﻪ ﺃ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﹸﻣ ﹲ‬
‫ﹶﻳﺪﱠ ﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻌ ﹾﺼ ﹶﻤﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫ﹾ‬ ‫ﹶﻣ ﹾﻄ ﹸﺒ ﹲ‬
‫ـــﻮﻉ ﹸﻣﺘﹶـــﺪﹶ ﹶﺍﻭ ﹾﻝ ؛‬

‫‪- ٣١ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺜﺎﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺜﺎﲏ ﻋﴩ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﺃﻭﱃ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣـﺎ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺠ ﱠﻠـﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺒـﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺋﹺ ﱠﻤـﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻﺳ ﱠﻴﲈ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﹸﻳ ﹶﻮ ﹺﺍﺯ ﹸﻥ ﺑـﲔ ﻛﹺ ﹺ‬
‫ﻛ ﱢﹸﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳ ﹸﻘﻮﻝ ؛ ﹺ‬
‫ﹶ‬
‫ﹸﺃﻋﻴﺪ ﻃﺒ ﹸﻌ ﹸﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﺴـﺨﺔ ﺗﻼﻓـﻮﺍ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻛﺜـﲑ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺃﲪـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺨـﺎﺭﻱ ﻣـﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺃﻭ ﺑـﲔ ﺃﰊ ﺣـﺎﺗﻢ‬
‫ﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻃﹸﺒﻊ ﻣﹺﺮﺍﺭﺍﹰ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻃﺒﻌـﺎﺕ ﻛﺜـﲑﺓ ﺟـﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﰊ ﺯﹸ ﺭﻋـــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛـــﻢ ﺍﳋﻄﻴـــﺐ ﻳـــﻮ ﹺﺍﺯ ﹸﻥ ﺑـــﲔ ﻫـ ﹺ‬
‫ــﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻗـــﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﹸ ﹶ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﹾ ﹶ‬
‫ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠ ﱠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮ ﱠﻳﺔ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺎﲥﹺﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟ ﱠﺘ ﹶﺘ ﱡﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﹶﻣ ﹾﺮ ﹺﻭ ﱠﻳ ﹺ‬

‫ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺑﻤﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺃﺧﲑ ﹰﺍ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ ﺍﻟـﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ‬


‫ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻲ ﰲ ﲬﺴـﺔ ﻋﴩـ ﹸﺟـﺰﺀ ﹰﺍ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺃ ﹾﻧ ﹶﻔـﺲ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﱡ‬ ‫‪ -٢٣٩‬ﺍﻟﺘــﺬﻛﺎﺭ ﰲ ﹶﺃﻓﻀــﻞ ﺍﻷﹶﺫﻛــﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﻃﺒــﻲ ﹶﺫﻛ ﹶ‬
‫ﹶــﺮ ﻓﻴــﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺗﹸﻜ ﱢﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﻔﴪ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻣﺒ ﹺ‬
‫ﺚ ﹶ ﹸﲥ ﱡﻢ ﻗﺎﺭﺉﹶ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒ ﹲ‬
‫ـﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺎﺣ ﹾ‬ ‫ﹶﹶ‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٤٤‬ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑﻷﲪﺪ ﺷـﺎﻛﺮ‬ ‫‪ -٢٤٠‬ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﻟـﺮﺍﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟـﻮﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻘـﺎﴈ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﴫـﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻔﺴـﲑ ﺍﳊـﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﻛﺜـﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻬﺮﻣــﺰﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴــﻖ ﳏﻤــﺪ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴــﻦ ﺑــﻦ ﻋﺒــﺪ ﺍﻟــﺮﲪﻦ ﱠ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﳾﺀ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺠﺎﺝ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٤٥‬ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪـﺪ ﻣـﻊ ﺃﻧـﻪ‬ ‫‪ -٢٤١‬ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺳـﺔ ﺍﻷﺳـﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻄﺤـﺎﻥ ﱠﺃﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺞ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻨ ﹶﻈ ﹺﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﻛﹺﺘﺎﺏ ﹸﺃ ﱢﻟ ﹾ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ؛ ﻟﻜﻨـﻲ ﺃﺛﺒـﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺨﹾ ﹺﺮ ﹾ‬
‫ﻒ ﻋﲆ ﹶﻭ ﹾﺟﻪ ﹾ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺋـﺔ ﻧﻘـﻞ ﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻡ ﺑـﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴـﺔ ﻋـﻦ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﹶﻣ ﹾﻄ ﹸﺒ ﹾ‬
‫ﻮﻉ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﲬﺲ ﻭﻋﴩﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻊ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﻭﻣـﺎﺗﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳـﺮﺩ‬ ‫‪ -٢٤٢‬ﺷــﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿــﻴﺢ ﻋــﲆ ﺍﳉــﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼــﺤﻴﺢ ﻻﺑــﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﲆ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎﺩﻗﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ـﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺻـﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻷﻟﻔ ﱠﻴـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒ ﹲ‬
‫ﳛﺘﺎﺟ ﹸﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﹶﻳ ﹾﺴـ ﹶﺘﻐﹾﻨﹺﻲ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﹸﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫‪ -٢٤٦‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﲆ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨـﺎﺭﻱ ﹺﳑﱠـﺎ ﺃﻣـﻼ ﹸﻩ‬ ‫ﻋﻨ ﹸﻪ ﻗﺎﺭﺉﹸ ﺍﻟ ﹸﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻋﲆ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﹸﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺃﲪﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﹸﺟ ﱡﻠـ ﹸﻪ ﰲ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻨﺎﺳـﺒﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗـﺪ ﻻ ﹺ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮ ﹸﻓـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜـﲑ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫‪ -٢٤٣‬ﺍﳌﻐﻨﻲ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﻳـﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺆ ﱢﻟـﻒ‬
‫ﻮﻉ ﹸﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﰲ ﹸﺟﺰﹾ ﹴﺀ ﺻﻐﲑ ‪.‬‬‫ﹸﻃ ﱠﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒ ﹲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺑﺄﺩ ﱠﻟﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﹸﻭﱃ ﻋﲆ ﻧﻔﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﻋﺒـﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳــﺰ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﳌﻨــﺎﺭ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺠ ﱠﻠــﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﻃﺒﻌــﺔ ﻓﻴﻬــﺎ‬
‫ﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛ ﱠﻢ ﹸﻭﻗﻒ ﻋﲆ ﻧﹸﺴﺨﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻄـﺎﺀ‬

‫‪- ٣٢ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳـﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫‪-٢٤٧‬ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﻗـﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﱢ‬
‫‪ -٢٥٥‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﳌﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﻃـﺄ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﻌـﺎﲏ ﻭﺍﻷﺳـﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻷﰊ‬ ‫ﹸﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻭﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨ ﹸﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜـﺚ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻔﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﹰﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﳛـﺮﺭﻩ ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺤـﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧـﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ -٢٤٨‬ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻄﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨـﻰ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﺷـﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻡ ﻭﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﳏــﺮﺭ ﹰﺍ ﻣﻨﻘﺤ ـ ﹰﺎ ﻣﻀــﺒﻮﻃ ﹰﺎ ﻣﺘﻘﻨ ـ ﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﻣﺮﺗــﺐ ﻋــﲆ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﻘﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﻮﺥ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﲈﺅﻩ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺠـﻲ ﻋﻨـﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻲ ﲣﺘﻠــﻒ ﻋــﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴــﺐ ﺍﳌﺸــﺎﺭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧــﺖ‬ ‫‪ -٢٤٩‬ﺗﻔﺴــﲑ ﺍﳋــﺎﺯﻥ ﻭﻫــﻮ ﳐﺘﴫــ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻐــﻮﻱ ﻣــﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋـﲆ ﺗﺮﺗﻴـﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺻـﲇ‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺷﻬﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻐـﲑ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟـﺒﻼﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺻـﺎﺣﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳـﺔ ﺑـﺬﻛﺮ ﻣـﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠـﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﺮﻗﻘﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢٥٦‬ﳐﺘﴫ ـ ﺍﳋﺮﻗــﻲ ﺃﺟــﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌــﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻌﺘــﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﲏ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٢٥٠‬ﺍﻻﺳــﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳــﻼﻡ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴــﺔ ﺭﲪ ـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪،‬‬
‫ﹶﻃ ﹾﺒ ﹶﻌﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﹶﻃ ﹾﺒ ﹶﻌﺔ ﹶﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢٥٧‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﰲ ﳏﺎﺳـﻦ ﻣـﻦ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳـﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﻮﻛﺎﲏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋـﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴـﺔ ﻣـﺎ ﻻ ﻳـﺪﺭﻙ ﰲ‬ ‫‪ -٢٥١‬ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﻠﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﻬﺎﲏ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻻ ﲣﻄﺮ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺗﻪ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻋـﺔ ﰲ ﻣﴫـ ﻗﺒـﻞ‬
‫ﻷﳖـﺎ ﱂ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟـﻮﺩﺓ ؛ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﲬﺴـﲔ ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻻ ﺃﻇﻨﱡﻬـﺎ ﹸ‬
‫‪ -٢٥٨‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟـﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺭﲪـﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫـﻮ‬ ‫ﳎ ﹺﺰﺋﹶﺔ ﻻ ﹾﺑﺄ ﹶﺱ ﲠﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﺒﻲ ﹸ ﹾ‬
‫ﺗﹸﺼﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﹾ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺣﺎﻓﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﺣـﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟـﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟـﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﳍﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻢ ﰲ ﻛﺘـﺐ ﺭﺟـﺎﻝ ﺍﳊـﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‬ ‫‪ -٢٥٢‬ﺃﺣﻜــﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘــﺮﺁﻥ ﻹﻟﻜﻴــﺎ ﺍﻟﻄــﱪﻱ ﺍﳍــﺮﺍﳼ ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺟﺪ ﹰﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻄﺎﺋﻒ ﻭﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٥٩‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻧﻴﻖ ﻟﻨﺴـﻒ ﻗﺼـﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﻧﻴـﻖ ﻟﻠﺸـﻴﺦ‬ ‫‪ -٢٥٣‬ﳐﺘﴫ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﺓ ﻟﻌﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤـﺪ ﺑـﻦ ﻋﺒـﺪﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﲏ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ ﹸﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﻗﺼﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﻧﻴﻖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢٥٤‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺎﰊ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﺰﺕ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬

‫‪- ٣٣ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﺍﳌــﺎﺯﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤــﺪ ﻋــﲆ ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﺍﳌــﺎﺯﺭﻱ ﻭﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﺗﻘﻴﻴــﺪ‬ ‫‪ -٢٦٠‬ﻭﻓﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻴﺎﻥ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺧﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﻤﻞ ﻷﰊ ﻋﲇ ﺍﳉﻴﺎﲏ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﴈ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ‪ :‬ﻗـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻋﲆ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫـﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﺘـﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﺒـﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻀـﺒﻂ ﻣـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻓﻤﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﳌـﺎﺯﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸـﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴـﻠﻢ ﺑﻠﻔـﻆ‬ ‫ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﲈﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻘـﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻡ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﻮﻕ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﲈ ﻳﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻨـﻪ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﴍﺣـﻪ ﻓﻘـﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌـﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳـﺪﺓ ﺗـﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼـﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻢ ﻟﻸﺑـﻮﺍﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧـﺎ ﺇﻻ‬ ‫‪ -٢٦١‬ﻫـﺬﻩ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻤﻨـﺎ ﻟﻠﺸـﻴﺦ ﺻـﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﻟﻠﺸـﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻃﻮﻳ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴـﺒﺔ ﳌﺴـﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘـﺎﺩ ﻓﻬـﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ ﻭﺯﻳـﺮ ﺍﻟﺸـﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫ـﺤﺢ‬
‫ﻧﻔــﻴﺲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻮ ﺭ ﱞﺩ ﻋــﲆ ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﻣﻔــﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﳚــﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﹸﺼـ ﱠ‬
‫ﳌﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻜﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢٦٤‬ﴍﺡ ﺍﻟﻨــﻮﻭﻱ ﻋــﲆ ﺍﻟﺒﺨــﺎﺭﻱ ﴍﻉ ﺃﺑــﻮ ﺯﻛﺮﻳــﺎ‬
‫ﳛﻴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﴍﻑ ﺍﻟﻨـﻮﻭﻱ ﰲ ﴍﺡ ﺍﻟﺼـﺤﻴﺢ؛ ﻟﻜـﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻴـﺔ‬ ‫‪ -٢٦٢‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﲈ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﳌﺆﻟﻔـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﱰﻣﺘﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻃ ﹰﺎ ﻛﺒﲑ ﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠـﻢ ﻳﴩـﺡ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺒﻴـﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻨﻘﻴﻄﻲ ؛ ﻟﻜﻨـﻪ ﻣﺮﺗـﺐ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﳊـﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻮ￯ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻳﲈﻥ ﻓﻘـﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻪ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﳊـﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﴍﺡ ﻛﲈ ﻭﺻـﻔﻪ ﻣﺆﻟﻔـﻪ ﺑﺄﻧـﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺳـﻂ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﴫـﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﳾﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻂ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﻭﴍﺡ ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﺑﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺒﺴﻮﻃﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻹﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻌﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﲑﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌـﺪ‬ ‫‪ -٢٦٣‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺢ ﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﳉـﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼـﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺰﺭﻛﴚـ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻤـﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻـﻞ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻟﴩﺡ ﳐﺘﴫﹲ ﺟﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧـﺎﻗﺺ ﻭﱂ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﴩﻭﻁ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗـﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺼـﺪ ﻣـﻦ ﴍﺣـﻪ‬
‫‪ -٢٦٥‬ﺳﻠﺴــــﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳــــﺚ ﺍﻟﺼــــﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀــــﻌﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻳﻀــﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻟﻔــﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋــﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻐــﺎﻣﺾ ﺃﻭ ﹴ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﲏ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺐ ﻟﻄﺎﻟـﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﹸﹾ‬
‫ﳜ ﹶﺸــﻰ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼــﺤﻴﻒ ﰲ ﺍﺳــﻤﻪ ﻭﻧﺤــﻮ ﺫﻟــﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﴩــﺡ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜــﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨــﺮﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬــﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟــﺐ ﺍﳌﺒﺘــﺪﺉ ﰲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴــﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺷـﺒﻪ ﻣــﺎ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻐــﺎﺯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋـﲆ ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﴩـﺡ ﻧﻜــﺖ ﻣــﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﹸﻜـﺖ ﺃﺧـﺮ￯ ﻟﻠﻘـﺎﴈ ﳏـﺐ ﺍﻟـﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻧﴫ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﳊﻨﺒﲇ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢٦٦‬ﲡﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﻻﺑـﻦ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﻟـﱪ ﺭﲪـﻪ ﺍﷲ ﱠﳌـﺎ ﺭﺃ￯‬
‫ﺗﻘﺎﴏ ﺍﳍﻤﻢ ﻋﻦ ﲢﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﳌﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﻃﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﲏ‬ ‫‪ -٢٦٣‬ﺇﻛﲈﻝ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﴈ ﹺﻋ ﹶﻴﺎﺽ ﴍﺡ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﻣـﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴــﻠﻢ ﴍﺣــ ﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﻓﻴــ ﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﴍﺡ ﺃﻳﻀــ ﹰﺎ ﻣــﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻌــﺮﺽ ﺇﻟﻴــﻪ‬

‫‪- ٣٤ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺘﻨـﻰ ﲠـﺎ ﻭﻋﻠـﻖ‬


‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﳼ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻮ ﻃﺒﻊ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺳــﺎﻧﻴﺪ ؛ ﺍﺧﺘﴫــﻩ ﻭﺃﺳــﲈﻩ ﺑﺘﺠﺮﻳــﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴــﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺼﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﻔﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٧٠‬ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﰲ ﺯﻭﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﻷﲪـﺪ ﺑـﻦ‬ ‫‪ -٢٦٧‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﻟﻌﲇ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺃﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﲑﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺑـﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻴﲈﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻨﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺠﻤﻌﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻐـﺮﰊ ﻣﻄﺒـﻮﻉ ﻗـﺪﻳ ﹰﲈ ﺑﻤﴫـ‬
‫ﻭﳛﺘــﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺰﻳــﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴــﻪ ﺭﺳــﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳــﺔ ﻫــﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺔ ﺗﺴـﻊ ﻭﺗﺴـﻌﲔ ﻭﻣـﺎﺋﺘﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫـﻮ ﹸﳐﺘﴫـ ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺼـﺒﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٧١‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻡ ﴍﺡ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﳌـﺮﺍﻡ ﻫـﻮ ﹸﺻـﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﺴـﺒﻞ‬ ‫‪ -٢٦٨‬ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﰲ ﴍﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﻷﺑﻮ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﹶﻣ ﹾﺄ ﹸﺧﻮﺫ ﺑﹺ ﹸﺤﺮﻭﻓـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺳـﺒﻞ ﱠ‬


‫ﺍﻟﺴـﻼﻡ ؛ ﺇﹺ ﱠﻻ ﹶﺃﻧﱠـﻪ ﻗـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﻣـﺔ ﳐﺘﴫـﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺤــﺬﻑ ﺍﳌــﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺒﺘﺪﻋــﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺰﻳﺪﻳــﺔ ﻭﺍﳍﺎﺩﻭﻳــﺔ ﺍﻟﺘــﻲ‬ ‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﲢﺪﺙ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﻣﺎﺟـﻪ ﻭﻋـﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑـﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻌﺎﲏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻪ ﻓﻬـﻮ ﻳـﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﱰﲨـﺔ ﻭﻳﴩـﺣﻬﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺘﺎﺟـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌـﺘﻦ ﻭﻳﴩـﺣﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌـﺮﺝ ﻋـﲆ‬
‫ﴍﺡ ﳐﺘﴫـ‬
‫‪ -٢٧٢‬ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﹲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﱰﺟﻢ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﺍﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ‪ ،‬ﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﺟﺪ ﹰﺍ ﻛﻐﲑﻩ ﻣﻦ ﴍﻭﺣﻪ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﴍﺡ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ؛ ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻣﻔـﺮﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴩــﺡ ﻭﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒــﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﴩــﺡ ﲢﺘــﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻛﺜــﺮ ﻣــﻦ ﺫﻟــﻚ ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -٢٧٣‬ﴍﺡ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎﲏ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﻮﻃـﺄ ﹸﻃﺒﹺـﻊ ﻣـﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﹺ ﹶـﻊ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺎﺟــﺔ ﻣﺎﺳــﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣــﻦ ﻳﺘﻤــﻪ ﺑــﺎﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋــﲆ ﺍﻟــﺮﻭﺍﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋــﲆ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺪﻳ ﹰﲈ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﹸﻃﺒﹺ ﹶﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳋﲑ ﱠﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛـﻢ‬ ‫ﲣــﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳــﺚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘــﺪ ﺍﻷﺳــﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻮ ﻣﻄﺒــﻮﻉ ﰲ‬

‫ﺑﻌــﺪ ﺫﻟــﻚ ﹸﻃﺒﹺ ﹶ‬


‫ــﻊ ﺃﺧــﲑ ﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﺠﺎﺭ ﱠﻳــﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌــﺔ‬ ‫ﳎﻠﺪﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣـﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﺠﺎﺭ ﱠﻳـﺔ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﹺ ﹶﻌ ﹾ‬
‫ـﺖ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﹸﹶ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒﺔ ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﲠﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪ ﹰﺍ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٢٦٩‬ﻣﺎ ﲤـﺲ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﺟـﺔ ﳌـﻦ ﻳﻄـﺎﻟﻊ ﺳـﻨﻦ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﻣﺎﺟـﻪ‬
‫ﳌﺤﻤــﺪ ﻋﺒــﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺷــﻴﺪ ﺍﻟــﻨﻌﲈﲏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘــﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﴫــﺓ ﻳــﱰﺟﻢ‬
‫‪ -٢٧٤‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻈــﺔ ﻟﻠﺤــﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟــﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﻧﻔــﻴﺲ ﻓﻴــﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻭﻳﴩﺡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘـﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﴍﺡ‬
‫ﲢﺮﻳﺮﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻠـﻮﻡ ﺍﳊـﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﲠﺎﻣﺶ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﺳـﻨﻦ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﻣﺎﺟـﻪ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻋـﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫـﻲ ﳎـﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘـﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﰲ ﹴ‬
‫ﳎﻠﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜـﻞ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺗﺼـﻌﺐ‬
‫ﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳊـﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟـﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺑﺪﻗـﺔ ﻭﲢﺮﻳـﺮ ﺭﲪـﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﲆ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﳚﻴﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺑـﺎﳋﻂ‬

‫‪- ٣٥ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫‪ -٢٧٨‬ﻣﻨﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻓـﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺰﺭﻗـﺎﲏ ﰲ ﻋﻠـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺁﻥ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﹸﻃﺒﹺ ﹶـﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻖ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘـﺎﺡ ﺃﺑـﻮ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻭﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﺗ ﹶﻠ ﱢﻘ ﹾﻴﻨﹶﺎ ﹸﻩ ﹾ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺮﺃﻧﹶﺎ ﹸﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﹸﺴﺨﺔ ﰲ ﹸ‬

‫‪ -٢٧٩‬ﺗﻨﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺒـﺎﺱ ﻣـﻦ ﺗﻔﺴـﲑ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﻋﺒـﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻔـﲑﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﹴ‬


‫ﻟﺸﺨﺺ‬ ‫‪ -٢٧٥‬ﳖﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﹸﳐﺘﴫ ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠ ﹴﺪ‬
‫ﺁﺑﺎﺩﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺴـﻴﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﻣـﻦ ﺃﻓﻀـﻞ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺳـﻤ ﹸﻪ ﺃﲪـﺪ ﹸ‬‫ﹸﻣﻌﺎﴏ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﻔﻈﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻠ ﹸﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺒﻲ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﺐ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ﱠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻳﻮﺍ ﹶﻓ ﹾـﻖ ﻋـﲆ ﹸﺟ ﱢﻠﻬـﺎ ﻭﺑﻌﻀـﻬﺎ ﻗـﺪ ﻻ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻛﹸﺘ ﹾ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﻭ ﱠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻔﺴﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻴـﻪ ﹸﺑ ﹸﺤـﻮﺙ ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳـﺮﺍﺕ ﺟ ﱢﻴـﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹸﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺳـﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻛﺘـﺐ ﺃﻣـﺎ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﻣـﻦ ﱠﺃﻭﻟﹺ ﹺـﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧـﺮﻩ ﻛﻠـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ﻗﺪﻳ ﹰﲈ ﰲ ﹸﺑﻮﻻﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﲈﻧﲔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹸﻣﺆ ﱠﻟﻒ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺗﻨـﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺒﺎﺱ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٢٧٦‬ﺇﻧﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻧﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺤـﺎﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﻔﻄـﻲ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻳﻐﻔـﻞ ﻋﻨﻬـﺎ ﻛﺜـﲑ ﻣـﻦ ﻃـﻼﺏ‬
‫‪ -٢٨٠‬ﻛﺘـــﺐ ﺍﻟـــﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣـــﻦ ﺃﻓﻀـــﻞ ﻣـــﺎ ﻛﹸﺘـــﺐ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻬﺎ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻘـﺮﺃ ﰲ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻳﻮﺟـﺪ‬
‫ﺍ ﹸﳌـــﺬﻛﱢﺮﺍﺕ ﻣـــﻦ ﻗﹺ ﹶﺒـــﻞ ﺍﻷﹸﺩﺑـــﺎﺀ ﺫﻛﺮﻳـــﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸـــﻴﺦ ﻋـــﲇ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﹸﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃ ﹾﻧ ﹶﻔﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻨﻄــﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﲪ ـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﹺﺫﻛﺮﻳﺎ ﹸﺗ ـ ﹸﻪ ﻧﺎﻓﻌــﺔ ﻭﻣﺎﺗﹺﻌــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬــﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻼﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﳏﺎﻭﺭﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﹸﺗ ﹾﺜ ﹺﺮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ‬
‫ﹸـﻞ ﻓـﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﻃﺮﺍﺋـﻒ ﻭﺃﺧﺒـﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﹺﻌـﺖ ﰲ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﰲ ﻛ ﱢ‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﲈﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻫـﺬﻩ ﳛـﺮﺹ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﻋـﲆ‬
‫ﻗﹺﺮﺍﺀﲥﺎ ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ) ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ( ﻟـ ﻃـﻪ ﺣﺴـﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ -٢٧٧‬ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻵﻟﻮﳼ ) ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﲏ ( ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﹺﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻨﺔ ﻻ ﺗﱰ ﹸﻛﻪ ﺣﺘﹼﻰ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﹺ‬
‫ﻓﻴـﻪ ﹸﳐﺎﻟﻔـﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟـﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼـﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠﻔﻈ ﱠﻴـﺔ ﻭﻓﻴـﻪ ﻧﹸﻜـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹸ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﻭﻓﻴـﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳـﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺮﴈ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﲑﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ﹸﳐﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺴﻮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﺍﺋﻒ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ﺇﻻﹼ ﺃ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﹶﺧ ﹶﻠـﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻳﺒﻘـﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻠـﺬﻫﻦ ؛ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜﺘﹸﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﲈﻡ ﻭﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍﺣـﺔ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺑـﺎﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺑﺘﻔﺎﺳـﲑ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺒﺘﺪﻋـﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﳌـﺄ ﹸﺛﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﱠﻔﺴـﲑ ﱠ‬
‫ﹺ ﹺﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹲ‬
‫ﴫﻑ‬ ‫ﱠﺃﳖﺎ ﻣﻦ ﹸﻓ ﹸﻀﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻴﻨﻪ ﺃﺑﺪ ﹰﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﹸﻳ ﹾ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻭﻣـﺰﻳﺞ ﻣـﻦ ﻫـﺬﻩ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﺧﻠـﻴﻂ‬ ‫ﺴﻤﻮﻧ ﹸﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻫـﻮ‬‫ﹸﻳ ﱡ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺸـﺨﺺ ﳚﻠـﺲ ﻣـﻦ ﺑﻌـﺪ‬
‫ﳍﺎ ﹶﺳـﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻗـﺖ ﺑﻤﻌﻨـﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻏـﲑ ﹺﻩ‬
‫ﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺤ ﱢﻘـﻖ ﻭﺑـﲔ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻻ ﹸﻳ ﱢ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﹸﻣـﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺠﺪﹸ ﹸﻩ ﻛﺜﲑ ﹰﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺤ ﱢﻘﻖ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘ ﱢﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺓ ﱡ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﳾﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ! ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻈـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﹸﳏــﻲ ﺍﻟــﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﹸﻗــﺪﱢ ﹶﺱ ﱡ‬
‫ﴎ ﹸﻩ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﻋــﺮﰊ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﻤـ ﹸـﻊ ﺑــﲔ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ ﰲ‬
‫ﰲ ﹸﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺩﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﹸﺣﻜﹸﻮﻣ ﱠﻴـﺔ ﻳﻨﺘﻈـﺮ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳊﻮﺕ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀ ﱢ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺿﺎﻳﻊ ﺿﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﹸﺘﺐ ‪.‬‬

‫‪- ٣٦ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫‪ -٢٨٦‬ﲠﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮﻳﻦ ﴍﺡ ﺭﻳـﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺼـﺎﳊﲔ ﻟﺴـﻠﻴﻢ‬


‫ﺍﳍـﻼﱄ ‪ ،‬ﻋـﲆ ﻛ ﱢ‬
‫ﹸـﻞ ﺣـﺎﻝ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗﹸـ ﹸﻪ ﺟ ﱢﻴـﺪﺓ ؛ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﻣــﺎ‬ ‫‪ -٢٨١‬ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣـﺒﻬﲈﺕ ﺍﳌـﺘﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﺳـﻨﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺤـﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﰊ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺃ ﹸﺗ ﹸﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ـﺪﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺯﺭﻋــﺔ ﺑــﻦ ﺍﳊــﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗــﻲ ‪ ،‬ﹶﻣ ﹾﻄ ﹸﺒــﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺛــﻼﺙ ﹸ ﹶ‬
‫ﳎ ﱠﻠـ ﹾ‬
‫ﻭﳏ ﱠﻘ ﹾﻖ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﹺ ﹶﻊ ﻗﺪﻳﲈ ﰲ ﹸﺟﺰﺀ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﹸﺃ ﹺﻋﻴﺪﹶ ﹶﻃ ﹾﺒ ﹸﻌ ﹸﻪ ﹸ ﹶ‬
‫ﳏ ﱠﻘ ﹰﻘﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹸﹶ‬
‫‪ -٢٨٧‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻐـﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻣﻄﺒـﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺛـﺔ ﻋﴩـ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﳎﻠﺪﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒـﻊ ﳏﻘﻘـ ﹰﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫‪ -٢٨٢‬ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﳌﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﺝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﳋﻄﻴـﺐ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﴩ ﺟﺰﺀ ﹰﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﻧﻔـﻴﺲ ﰲ ﺷـﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﴍﺡ‬ ‫ﱢﻒ ﰲ ﺍ ﹸﳌـﺪﹾ ﹶﺭ ﹾﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﹸﺻـﻨ ﹶ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻔﻴﺪﹲ ﹺﺟﹰﹼ ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻬﲈ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﺎﻓﻞ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﹲ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧــﻪ ﺗــﺄﺛﺮ ﺑــﺎﳌﺘﻜﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻣــﺎ ﻣــﻦ ﻧــﻮﻉ ﻣــﻦ ﺃﻧــﻮﺍﻉ ﻋﻠــﻮﻡ‬
‫‪ -٢٨٨‬ﺑﺼــﺎﺋﺮ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴــﺰ ﻟﻠﻔــﲑﻭﺯ ﺁﺑــﺎﺩﻱ ﺻــﺎﺣﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﻻ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﻨﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻫـﺬﺍ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﻣﻬـﻢ ﺟـﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ﰲ ﺧﺪﻣـﺔ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻗــﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﻤــﺪ ﻋــﲆ ﻛﺘــﺐ ﺍﳋﻄﻴــﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻭﲨﻠـــﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟـــﻞ ﻭﻋـــﻼ ﰲ ﴍﺡ ﹸﻣﻔﺮﺩﺍﺗـــﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺒـــﻪ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻫﻪ ﻭﻧﻈﺎﺋﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢٨٣‬ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﰲ ﴍﺡ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨـﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻨـﺎﴏ ﺍﻟـﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ‬
‫‪ -٢٨٩‬ﻧﺰﻫـﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﺒـﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻟﻘـﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﺤـﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﺣﺠـﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﹸﳐﺘﴫ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨ ﹸﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢﻨﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻭﻫـــﻮ ﻣـــﻦ ﺃﺷـــﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـــﺐ ﻭﺃﻭﺳـــﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻟﻘـــﺎﺏ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣ ﹾﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﰲ ﹸ ﹶ ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﳏ ﱠﻘ ﹾﻖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳎ ﱠﻠﺪ ﹾ‬
‫ﻳﻦ ﹸ ﹶ‬ ‫ﹶ ﹸ‬ ‫‪ -٢٨٤‬ﻋــﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒــﺎﺭﻱ ﳊــﻞ ﺃﺩﻟــﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺨــﺎﺭﻱ ﻷﰊ ﺍﻟﻄﻴــﺐ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺟﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺘﻮﰱ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪١٣٠٧‬ﻫـ( ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫‪ -٢٩٠‬ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣـﺪﺍﻥ ﳌﺴـﻠﻢ ﺑـﻦ ﺍﳊﺠـﺎﺝ ﻭﻫـﻮ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﴍﺡ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﴫﻳﺢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘـﺎﺕ ﹶﻳ ﹺﺴـﲑﺓ‬
‫ﹴ‬ ‫ﻭﺃ ﹺﻋﻴﺪﹶ ﹶﻃ ﹾﺒ ﹸﻌ ﹸﻪ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﹶﻣ ﹾﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ﻗﺪﻳ ﹰﲈ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﹶﻣ ﹾﻌ ﹸﺮﻭﻑ ﹸﻣﺘﹶﺪﹶ ﹶﺍﻭ ﹾﻝ ‪.‬‬


‫ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﱠ‬
‫ﰲ ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬ ‫‪ -٢٨٥‬ﺇﺭﺷــﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴــﺎﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻘــﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻘــﻰ ﻣــﻦ ﺻــﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﺒﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺣﺴـﻦ ﺑـﻦ ﻋﻤـﺮ ﺑـﻦ ﺣﺒﻴـﺐ ﺍﳊﻠﺒـﻲ‬
‫‪ -٢٩١‬ﲢﻔــﺔ ﺍﻷﺣــﻮﺫﻱ ﺃﻓﻀــﻞ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺗــﻪ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﱠﻳــﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺘﻮﰱ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪٧٧٩‬ﻫـ( ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﳐﺘﴫ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺼﻮﺭﺓ ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﻴﴪﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ ﹸﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﹾ‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﳾﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻌﴪ‬

‫‪ ،‬ﺍﻟ ﱡﻄ ﱠﻼﺏ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮ ﹸﺩﻭﺍ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﳊـﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌـﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿـﺢ ؛ ﻟﻜـﻦ‬

‫‪- ٣٧ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﻓﻴـﻪ ﹺﳑﱠـﺎ ﹸﳜـﺎﻟﻒ ﹼ‬


‫ﺍﳊـﻖ ﻓﻬـﻮ‬ ‫ﻛـﺎﻥ ﹺ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﻬـﻮ ﻣﻘﺒـﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣـﺎ ﹶ‬ ‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑـﺔ ﻫﻨﺪ ﱠﻳـﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻋـﺔ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﳊﺠـﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮ ﹸﺩﻭﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ـﻢ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ ﺑﺎﳌﻜﺘﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻬـﻲ ﺍﻷﺻـﻞ ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﺪﱢ ﻣﺔ ﰲ ﹸﺟـﺰﺋﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔ ﱠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻋﴩﺓ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﹸ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳـﻄﹺﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺒـﺪﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑـﻦ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫‪ -٢٩٥‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﺔ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴـﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺷﺨﺺ ﹸﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺜﲈﻥ ﻭﻫـﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻧﺎﴏ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﳏﻜﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻤﻴﻴـﺰ ﻭﺗ ﹺ‬
‫ﹸـﻮ ﱢﰲ ﹶﺭ ﹾ ﹶ‬
‫ﲪـ ﹸﺔ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫـﻞ ﺍﳋـﱪﺓ ﻳﻘـﺮﺃ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ﹾﻀ ﹸﺒﻮﻁ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳏ ﱠﺮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﹶ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﻘﻦ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬ ‫ﻮﺳﻊ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬ ‫ﴍ ﹲﺡ ﹸﻣ ﱠ‬‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﹶ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺼﻮ ﹸﺭ ﹸﻩ ﺗﺼـﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﻫﻜـﺬﺍ ﻓﻌـﻞ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﱠﻳﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺠﺰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﹸﻳ ﱢ‬
‫ﹺ ﹶ‬ ‫ﹺﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴩﻭﺡ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﴍ ﹲﺡ ﹶ ﹾﲢﻠﻴﲇ ‪ ،‬ﹶ ﹾ‬
‫ﻭﴍ ﹸﺣ ﹸﻪ ﻣ ﹾﻦ ﺃ ﹾﻧ ﹶﻔﺲ ﱡ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﹶ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻃﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻋـﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺒـﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺿـﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻓـﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﻴﺚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻤﺤﻘﻖ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﹸﳏ ﱢﻘـﻖ ﻭﻟـﻴﺲ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳــﻄﹺﻴﺔ ﻟﺰﻳــﺪ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫‪ -٢٩٦‬ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿــﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻳــﺔ ﴍﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴــﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﴍﺡ‬
‫ﻴﺾ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــــﻮ ﹲ‬ ‫ﻭﻣ ﹾﺴــــﺘ ﹺﹶﻔ ﹾ‬
‫ﻮﺳــــﻊ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﹶﻔ ﱠﻴــــﺎﺽ ‪ ،‬ﹶ ﹾ‬
‫ﴍ ﹲﺡ ﹸﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ــﻴﲇ ؛ ﺇﻧﱠــﲈ ﻳــﺄﰐ ﺇﱃ ﹶﻣ ﹾﻘ ﹶﻄــﻊ ﻣــﻦ‬ ‫ــﻮﻋﻲ ﻭﻟــﻴﺲ ﹶ ﹾﲢﻠﹺ ﹺ‬
‫ﻣﻮ ﹸﺿ ﹺ‬
‫ﹶﹾ‬
‫ـﻦ ﹸﻛ ﹸﺘﺒﹺ ﹺـﻪ ﺍﻷﹸ ﹾﺧ ﹶـﺮ￯‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻄ ﱠﻴﺔ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻴﻨﹾﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺷـﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻡ ﻣ ﹾ‬ ‫ﹶ‬ ‫‪ -٢٩٣‬ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴــﺪ ﻟﻺﻣــﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺠــﺪﺩ ﳏﻤــﺪ ﺑــﻦ ﻋﺒــﺪ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﹶﻃﺒﻌ ﹾ ﹺ‬
‫ﺎﺿﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻳﻨﹾﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻘ ﱢﻴﻢ ﻭ ﹶﻳﻨﹾﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻏﹶ ﹾ ﹺﲑ ﹶ‬
‫ﳘﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺈﹺ ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬ ‫ﹶﺎﺏ ﹶﻃ ﹾﺒ ﹶﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬ ‫ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﹶﹶ‬
‫ﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ‪ ،‬ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﻫ ﹶﻲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﺿ ﹶﺒ ﹾﻂ ﺍﻟﻨ ﹶﱡﺴ ﹾ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹶﹾ‬
‫ﴍ ﹲﺡ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺐ ‪.‬‬ ‫ـﺦ‬ ‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﺷﺎﻛﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﹶﺣ ﹶ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒﹺ ﹶﻌــﺖ ﰲ ﺍ ﹶﳌ ﹾﻄ ﹶﺒ ﹶﻌــﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻨﲑ ﱠﻳــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﹺﻌــﺖ ﺃﻳﻀ ـ ﹰﺎ ﰲ ﹶﻣ ﹾﻄ ﹶﺒ ﹶﻌــﺔ‬
‫‪ -٢٩٧‬ﴍﺡ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﻭﻝ ﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻡ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴـﺔ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺑﹺﻤﴫ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍ ﹶﳌ ﹶﻌ ﹺ‬
‫ﺎﺭ ﹾ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﹸﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﴍﺡ ﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﹶ ﹶ‬
‫ﴍ ﹶﺣ ﹸﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻔﻴﺲ ﻻ ﻳﺴـﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﻋـﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗـﻪ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﹸﳎﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪ -٢٩٤‬ﻓــﺘﺢ ﺍﳊﻤﻴــﺪ ﴍﺡ ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴــﺪ ﻟﻌــﺜﲈﻥ ﺑــﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺇﺛﺒـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﱡـﺰﹸﻭﻝ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬‫ﲔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﱠ‬‫ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﹶﺑ ﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﴩﻭﺡ ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻇﻞ ﺣﺒﻴﺴ ﹰﺎ ﱂ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ‪ -‬ﻋﲆ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﺠﻼﻟﹺ ﹺﻪ ﻭﻋﻈﻤﺘﹺ ﹺﻪ ‪.‬‬‫ﷲ‪ -‬ﱠ‬ ‫ﻑ‬‫ﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺆ ﱢﻟ ﹸﻔﻪ ﻣﻦ ﹺﺧ ﹶﻼ ﹴ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴩﻭﺡ ؛ ﻧﻈﺮ ﹰﺍ ﳌﺎ ﹸﻭﺻ ﹶ ﹸ ﹸ‬ ‫ﹸﻳﻨ ﹶﹾﴩ ﻛﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﱡ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﻳﺸـﺘﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﺋﹺ ﱠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟـﺪﱠ ﻋﻮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣـﻨﻬﻢ ﻣـﻦ ﻳﻘـﻮﻝ ﱠ‬
‫‪ -٢٩٨‬ﺩﻟﻴــﻞ ﺍﻟﻔــﺎﳊﲔ ﻟﻄــﺮﻕ ﺭﻳــﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺼــﺎﳊﲔ ﻻﺑــﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﲆ ﳾﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﻻ ﺇﺷـﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﳏـ ﱠـﺮﺭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣ ـﺘﹾﻘﻦ ﹸ ﹶ‬
‫ـﺎﺏ ﹸﳐﺘﴫ ـ ﻭﺟ ﱢﻴــﺪ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﹶﻋــﻼﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫــﻮ ﻛﺘـ ﹲ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﺪﹶ ﹾﺍﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛ ﱠﻢ ﹸﺣ ﱢﻘ ﹶﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﹺﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌﺆ ﱢﻟــﻒ ﺃﺷــﻌﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨــﻲ ﻧﻜــﻮﻥ ﻋــﲆ ﺣــﺬﺭ ﰲ ﻣﺴــﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ؛ ﻟﻜﻨ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫ﹸﴩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﹶﻳﺪﹸ ﱡﻝ ﻋﲆ ﱠ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﻧ ﹾ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺑﻴﻨـ ﹸﻪ ﻭﺑـﲔ ﺃﺋﹺ ﱠﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺪﱠ ﻋﻮﺓ ﳾﺀ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﲈ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻋـﻦ ﹸﻣﺆ ﱢﻟ ﹺﻔ ﹺـﻪ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛـﺎﻥ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻓﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨـ ﹸﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣـﺎ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﱡﻔﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﹶﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﹶ‬

‫‪- ٣٨ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫‪٣٠٣‬ﻛﻠﲈﺕ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺖ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ -٢٩٩‬ﻣﻌﺠــﻢ ﺍﻟﻔــﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳــﺔ ﻷﰊ ﻫــﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺴــﻜﺮﻱ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻛﻠﲈﺕ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﹸﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟـﺒﻼﺩ‬ ‫ﹸﺃ ﱢﻟﻒ ﰲ‬ ‫ــﺎﺏ ﹸﻣ ﹺﻬـــﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴـــﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻨـــ ﹸﻪ ﻃﺎﻟـــﺐ ﻋﻠـــﻢ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻳﻌﻨـــﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺘـ ﹲ‬
‫ﻻﺳــﻴﲈ ﻧﺠــﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺛــﻢ ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺿــﺖ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬــﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤــﺪﺙ ﲠــﺎ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻔ ﹸﺮﻭﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷ ﹾﻟ ﹶﻔﺎﻅ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﻃﺮﻳــﻒ ﻻﺳــﻴﲈ ﻋﻨــﺪ ﻣــﻦ ﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﺑﻌــﺾ ﻫــﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠــﲈﺕ ﻭﺇﻃﻼﻗــﺎﺕ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠــﲈﺕ ﻭﻣﺘــﻰ ﺗﹸﺴــﺘﻌﻤﻞ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺘﻮﺳـﻂ ‪،‬‬
‫ﴍﺡ ﹸﻣ ﱢ‬
‫‪ -٣٠٠‬ﴍﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﻞ ﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﹲ‬
‫ﻛﻠﲈﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﺟﺖ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﻟﻌـﻮﺍﻡ ﻭﻓﻴـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠـﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﻃﻔـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺭ ﹸﺗ ﹸﻪ ﹶﺳﻬﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻣﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺷـﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﹶﻳﺴـﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨـﻪ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﻭﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﲈﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴩﺡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﲬﺴﲔ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﳍﺎ ﻣﺎ ﹶﻳﺴﻨﹸﺪﻫﺎ ﻣـﻦ ﹸﻟﻐـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌـﺮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﻻ ﳜﻠـﻮ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﻟﺘــﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬــﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘــﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﹸﳏــﻲ ﺍﻟــﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﺒــﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻷﻭﻗﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻃ ﱢﻴﺒﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﹸﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻮﺍﻫﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨـﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﺳـﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴـﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨـﻪ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻘﻀـﺎﺓ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴـﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﹸﺘﺒﺖ ﲠﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﹺﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ‬ ‫‪ -٣٠١‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﹺ ﹾﻄ ﹶﺮﺍ ﹶﺩ ﹾ‬
‫ﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﱢـﻲ‬ ‫ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﹶﺎﻓﹺﻊ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺑﹺﻪﹺ ﺟﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ؛ ﱠﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﹾ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ـﺺ‬‫ﻗﺪ ﹶﻳ ﹾﺴ ﹶﺘﻐﹾﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﻬـﺎ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺑﻌـﺾ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹶﺼ ﹾ‬
‫‪ -٣٠٤‬ﺃﻫﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﺍﳊﻨﺒﲇ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﹸﻃﺒـﻊ‬ ‫ﹶﺎﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻭ ﹶﱃ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺗ ﹶﹶﺮﻛﹶﻬﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﹶﻟﻜ ﹶ‬
‫ﻟـﻴﺲ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻜـﻦ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻭﲣ ﹺﹾﺮ ﹸ‬
‫ﳚـ ﹸﻪ ؛ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭ ﹸﻳـﺪﱠ ﻋﻰ ﲢﻘﻴﻘـ ﹸﻪ ﹶ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﱠ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﻣـﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﹸـﻞ ﻭﺟـﻪ ؛ ﱠ‬ ‫ـﻦ ﻛ ﱢ‬ ‫ﹺ ﹺ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﹶﻣ ﹾﺮﴈ ﻣ ﹾ‬ ‫‪ -٣٠٢‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻷﰊ ﺧﻴﺜﻤﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻷﰊ ﺧﻴﺜﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺛﺒﺎﲥــﺎ ؛ ﻟﻜــﻦ ﺍﺑــﻦ‬
‫ﺐ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺅ￯ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻣــﺎﺕ ﻳﺼ ـ ﹸﻌ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺒــﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬ ‫ﺯﻫﲑ ﺑﻦ ﺣـﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺴـﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﳑـﺎ ﳛـﺚ ﻋـﲆ ﻃﻠـﺐ‬
‫ﺭﺟﺐ ﺭﲪ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺛﹺ ﹶﻘﺔ ﻓﻴﲈ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﹶﻣﺘﹺﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺼـﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺱ ‪،‬‬
‫ﹶﺎﻣـ ﹺ‬
‫ــﻪ ؛ ﺑـــﻞ ﻫـــﻮ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﻳ ﹶﺘ ﹶﻔ ﱠﻘﻬـــﻮﻥ ﻣﻨـــﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻌﻤ ﹸﻠـــﻮﻥ ﺑﹺ ﹶﺄﺣﻜ ﹺ‬
‫ﹾ‬ ‫ﹶﹾﹶ‬ ‫ﹶ ﹸ‬
‫‪ -٣٠٥‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﳌﺠﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻨﹶﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣـﺔ ﹶﻳ ﹾﺴـﺘﹶﻨﹺﲑ ﲠـﺎ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ‬
‫ﹶ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺠﺪﱢ ﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻫـﻮ ﻣـﻦ ﺃﻧﹾﻔـﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﹶ‬
‫ﻭﲢﹾﺪﹸ ﻭ ﹸﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺘﺤﺼـﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋـﺪﻡ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺘ ﹶﺜﺎ ﹸﻗـﻞ‬
‫ﳛﺘـﺎﺝ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﴩﻭﺡ ‪ ،‬ﹶﺣ ﹶﺬﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻴﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳـﺰ ﺍﳊﻤﻴـﺪ ﻣـﺎ ﻻ‬ ‫ﱡﹸ‬ ‫ﻭﻋــﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺨﹶ ــﺎ ﹸﺫﻝ ؛ ﺑــﻞ ﹶ ﹸﲢ ﱡﺜـ ﹸﻪ ﻋــﲆ ﻃﻠــﺐ ﺍﳌﺰﻳــﺪ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻫ ﱠﺬ ﹶﺑــ ﹸﻪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﴩﻋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﹶﻣ ﹾﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻣ ﹶﺜ ﹺ‬
‫ـﻞ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﹶﴫــ ﹸﻩ ‪ ،‬ﹶ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘ ﹶ ﹶ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴــﻪ ﻣــﻦ ﹶﺗﻜﹾــﺮﺍﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳــﺘﻄﺮﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﹾ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﹾﻤ ﹶﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺿﺎﻑ ﻣﺎ ﲤﹶ ﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺟ ﹸﺔ ﹺ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﲏ ﺭﲪ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﹺ ﹶـﻊ‬
‫ﹶﱡ‬ ‫ﹶ ﹸ‬
‫ﹸﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﹰﺍ ‪.‬‬

‫‪- ٣٩ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫‪ -٣١٢‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄـﱪﺍﲏ ﺍﻷﻭﺳـﻂ ﺃﻓﻀـﻞ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌـﺔ‬ ‫‪ -٣٠٦‬ﻗﺮﺓ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﳘ ﱠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱠ ﹾﻔﻊ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﳌﴫﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﲢﺖ ﺇﴍﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻃﺎﺭﻕ ﻋﻮﺽ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﴍﺡ ﹸﳐﺘﴫ ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﹶ ﱢ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﹲ‬

‫‪ -٣١٣‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﲏ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﲪﺪﻱ‬ ‫‪ -٣٠٧‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﰲ ﲣﺮﻳﺞ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﺠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻲ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑــﻦ ﺣﺠــﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺴــﻘﻼﲏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻤــﻞ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻃﺒــﻊ ﻣﻨــﻪ‬
‫ﳎﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺒﻬﻬﲈ ﻭﻫﻮ ﲣﺮﻳﺞ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﻭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣١٤‬ﳐﺘﴫ ﻟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴﺔ ﳌﺤﻤـﺪ ﺑـﻦ ﻋـﲇ ﺑـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺎﺭﻳﻨﻲ ﻋﲆ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗـﻪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﹶﺳ ﱡﻠﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﹸﳐﺘﴫ ﻣﻦ ﴍﺡ ﱠ‬ ‫‪-٣٠٨‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﲈﻡ ﰲ ﴍﺡ ﺑﻠـﻮﻍ ﺍﳌـﺮﺍﻡ ﻟﻠﻘـﺎﴈ ﺍﳊﺴـﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺑـﲔ ﺃﺋﹺ ﱠﻤ ﹺـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺪﱠ ﻋﻮﺓ‬
‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﹶـ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫ﴍﺣ ﹸﻪ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻗﹺ ﹶ‬
‫ﻴـﻞ ﻋﻨـ ﹸﻪ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤـﺪ ﺍﳌﻐـﺮﰊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻮ ﴍﺡ ﻣﻮﺟـﻮﺩ ﳐﻄـﻮﻁ ﻭﳏﻘـﻖ ؛‬
‫ﳾﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﻔﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﱂ ﹸﻳﻨﴩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺳﻮ￯ ﳎﻠﺪﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﴎﺍﺭ ﺍﻷ ﹶﺛ ﹺﺮ ﱠﻳـﺔ‬ ‫ﹺ‬


‫ﻭﺳ ﹶـﻮﺍﻃﻊ ﹾ ﹶ‬ ‫‪ -٣١٥‬ﻟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴـﺔ ﹶ‬ ‫‪ -٣٠٩‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺿـﻴﺔ ﴍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗــــﺔ ﺍ ﹶﳌ ﹾﺮ ﹺﺿــــ ﱠﻴﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﴍﺡﹺ ﺍﻟــــﺪﱡ ﺭ ﹺﺓ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹺﻀــــﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋ ﹾﻘــــﺪ ﹺ‬
‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜــﻦ ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ‬
‫ﹾ‬ ‫ــﻒ ﻋــﲆ ﱠ ﹾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴩــﺡ ؛‬ ‫ﺻــﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻔــﻮﺯﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﺃﻗﹺ ﹾ‬
‫ﻭﻣ ﹶﻮ ﱠﺳ ﹾـﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﹺ ﹾـﻊ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﴩـﺡ ﹸﻣ ﹶﻄ ﱠـﻮ ﹾﻝ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﻔﺎﺭﻳﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻫـﺬﺍ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴ ﹺ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀ ﹾﺒﻂ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘ ﹾﱠﺠ ﹺﻮﻳﺪﹾ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘ ﹶﱠﺤ ﱢﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹ ﹾﺗ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬
‫ﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻑ ﱠ‬ ‫ﹶﻣ ﹾﻌ ﹸﺮ ﹲ‬
‫ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠ ﹺﺪﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣١٠‬ﺗﻴﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﺸـﻴﺦ ﺳـﻠﻴﲈﻥ ﺑـﻦ ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﳐﺘ ﹶﹶﴫــ ﻟﻮﺍﻣــﻊ‬ ‫‪ -٣١٦‬ﳐﺘﴫــ ﻟﻮﺍﻣــﻊ ﺍﻷﻧــﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴــﺔ ﹸ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻮﺳﻊ ﻭﻧﺎﻓﻊ ؛ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﱠ ﹸﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻤﻞ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺠﺪﱢ ﺩ ‪ ،‬ﹲ‬
‫ﴍﺡ ﹸﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻷ ﹾﻧــﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒ ﹺﻬﻴــﺔ ﰲ ﴍﺡ ﺍﻟــﺪﱡ ﺭﺓ ﺍ ﹶﳌﺮ ﹺﺿ ـﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋ ﹾﻘــﺪ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗــﺔ‬ ‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﱠ ﹾ ﱠ‬ ‫ﹶ ﹶ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢ‬
‫ﺼﻮﺭﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻨـﺒﲇ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﺬﺍ ﹶﻣ ﹾﻄ ﹸﺒـﻮﻉ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﺍ ﹶﳌ ﹾﺮ ﹺﺿ ﱠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺣﺴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸـ ﱢﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻗــﺪﻳ ﹰﲈ ﻣــﻦ ﺛﲈﻧــﲔ ﺳــﻨﺔ ﹶﻣ ﹾﻄ ﹸﺒــﻮﻉ ﰲ ﹺﺩﻣﺸــﻖ ؛ ﻭﻟــﺬﺍ ﻗــﺪ ﻻ‬ ‫‪ -٣١١‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄـﱪﺍﲏ ﺍﻟﺼـﻐﲑ ﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤـﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺤ ﹶ‬
‫ﺚ ﻋﻨ ﹸﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑ ﹺ‬ ‫ﳎﻠــﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒــﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻳــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟــﺬﻱ ﻳﻘــﻒ ﻋــﲆ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻳــﺔ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﹸ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ؛ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﺳـﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺎ ﹸﺗﺘﹶـﺎﺡ ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -٣١٧‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﻴﺪ ﻋﲆ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﹸﺳﻠﻴﲈﻥ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻊ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻳﻨـﺔ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﻣـﺎ ﺗﺴـﻠﻢ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻭﴍ ﹺﺣﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻦ ﲪﺪﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﹸﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ‪ ،‬ﹶ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻭﺣ ﱢﻘــﻖ ﰲ ﳎﻠــﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺜﻤــﺮ ﺍﻟــﺪﺍﲏ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺠــﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄــﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﺃﳘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ! ﻭﻫـﻲ ﰲ ﻏﺎ ﹶﻳ ﹺـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﴩﺍﺡ ﹾ ﹶ‬‫ﻭﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﱡ ﱠ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻟﻠﻄﱪﺍﲏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪ ﱠﻗﺘﹺـ ﹺـﻪ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ ﹸﱡﺼــﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻷﳘﻴــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻫــﻲ ﺍﺳــﺘﹺﻨﹾﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸــﻴﺦ ﹺ‬
‫ﹾ ﹶ‬ ‫ﹶﱢﱠ‬

‫‪- ٤٠ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫ﺘﺄﻫﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﹺ‬


‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠ ﹴﻢ ﹸﻣ ﱢ‬ ‫ﹸﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻋﲆ ﺣﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﹺﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺘـﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﻘـﺎﺭﺉ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﹶﳚﹺـﺪﹸ‬ ‫ﳛ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻗﺪ ﹶ ﹾ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻼ ‪.‬‬ ‫ـﲔ ﻣــﺎ ﹶﺗ ﹶﻘــﺪﱠ ﹶﻡ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ ﹸﱡﺼــﻮﺹ ‪،‬‬‫ﳍــﺎ ﹶﺭﺍﺑﹺﻄ ـ ﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﺿــﺤ ﹰﺎ ﹶﺑ ﱢﻴﻨ ـ ﹰﺎ ﻭﺑـ ﹶ‬
‫ﺎﻥ ﹺ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻠﻴﲈﻥ ﹶﺣ ﹺﺮ ﹾﺹ ﻋﲆ ﹶﺑ ﹶﻴ ﹾ‬
‫‪ -٣٢٢‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﻞ ﻻﺑــﻦ ﺍﳌــﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻫــﺬﺍ ﻃﺒــﻊ ﰲ ﺟــﺰﺀ ﺻــﻐﲑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺒﻊ ﻣﻨـﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻌﺠـﻲ ﺃﻳﻀـ ﹰﺎ ﻗﻄﻌـﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ -٣١٨‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳋﻤﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻔـﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﺒﻜـﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﻛﻞ ﺣـﺎﻝ ﻫـﻮ ﻣﻄﺒـﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﺘـﺐ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻣﻲ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒﻮﻉ ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠﺪﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣١٩‬ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠــﻮ ﻟﻠﺤــﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟــﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻣــﻦ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺼــﻨﱠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ -٣٢٣‬ﻛﺘــــﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻓﻌــــﺎﻝ ﻻﺑــــﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻃﻴــــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨــــﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺩﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﴪﻗﺴـــﻄﻲ ‪،‬ﻭﻫﻨـــﺎﻙ ﻻﺑـــﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄـــﺎﻉ ﺃﻳﻀـــﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻬـــﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﰲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﷲ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻃﻴـﺔ ﻣﺘﻘــﺪﻡ ﻋﻠـﻴﻬﲈ ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑــﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﻬﲈ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ‬ ‫‪ -٣٢٠‬ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﺍﳊﺒﲑ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻭﺃﺻﻞ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﳎﻠﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳐﺘﴫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﲑ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﻘﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﻗﺒـﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﲈﺋﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -٣٢٤‬ﴍﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴــﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴــﻔﺎﺭﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸــﻴﺦ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﻋﺜﻴﻤــﲔ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛــﺎ ﹶﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜـــﻮﻥ ﻻ ﳾﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱢﺴــﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺻـــﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺻـــﻞ‬
‫ﹾ‬
‫ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﹶﹶﺣﹶﻬﹶﺎ ﺑﹺﴩﹶﹾﺡﹴ ﻣﺒﺴﹸﻮﻁ ﻭﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺟـﺪﹰﹼ ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﹶﻳ ﹾﻔ ﹶﻬ ﹸﻤـ ﹸﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺘــﺎﺏ ﻋﻈــﻴﻢ ﻣﺴــﺘﻮﰱ ﻓﻴــﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨــﺎﺭﻳﺞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄــﺮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣــﺎ‬
‫ﹲ‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﲆ ﻋﺎ ﹶﺩﺗﹺ ﹺﻪ ﻭ ﹶﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﹺ ﹺـﻪ ﺭﲪـ ﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻦ ﹸﻃ ﱠﻼ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﺨﺘﴫ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﲆ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﹺ ﹸﻄ ﱠﻼﺑﹺ ﹺﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺗ ﹾﹶﺬﻟﹺ ﹺ‬

‫‪ -٣٢١‬ﺇﺣﻴــﺎﺀ ﻋﻠــﻮﻡ ﺍﻟــﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﻐــﺰﺍﱄ ﺍﻟﺮﺟــﻞ ﻣﻌــﺮﻭﻑ‬


‫‪ -٣٢٥‬ﺍﳌﺤﺮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱢﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﺧﻄﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﳐﺎﻟﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﳌﺎ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﺳـﻠﻒ ﻫـﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴــﻠﻔﻲ ﰲ ﹸﳎ ﱠﻠــﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻌـ ﹲﺔ‬
‫ـﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬــﺎ ﳏﻤــﺪ ﻟﻘــﲈﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﴩ ﹾ‬‫ﹸﻳ ﹾ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺗﺼــﻮﻑ‬
‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣــﺔ ﰲ ﻛﺜــﲑ ﻣــﻦ ﺃﺑــﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘــﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨــﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺱ ﲠﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻮﺏ ﺑﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﹴ‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺗﹸﺆﺧـﺬ‬ ‫ﹲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﲆ ﺣ ﹴ‬
‫ﺬﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻀﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﹸﻣﺰﺟﺎﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ -٣٢٦‬ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴــﲑ ﺍﳌﻨــﲑ ﻟﻮﻫﺒــﺔ ﺍﻟــﺰﺣﻴﲇ ﺗﻔﺴــﲑ ﺗﻔﺼــﻴﲇ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳــﺚ ﺍﳌﻮﺿــﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻫﻴــﺔ ﺍﻟﴚــﺀ‬
‫ﲢﻠﻴﲇ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺋـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﹸﻜـﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺮﺍﺋـﻒ ؛ ﻟﻜﻨـ ﹸﻪ ﻟـﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺘﺄﻫـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻻ ﳜﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻔﺎﺳﲑ ﺍﻷﺋﹺ ﱠﻤﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺤ ﱢﻘﻘﲔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﹸﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣـﻮﺭ ؛ ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻣـﻊ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻳﻨﺒﻐـﻲ ﺃﻥ‬

‫‪- ٤١ -‬‬
‫^◊‘˘‪4ó•^=›Èá‘◊^Ég√=ÄÍè◊^===================================================================m_ƒg�◊^Á=hk‘◊^=º=fi‬‬

‫‪ -٣٣١‬ﺯﻫﺮ ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﻟﻠﺤﴫﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﺘﻊ ﻛﺘـﺐ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺎﺳﲑ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻌﺎﴏﻳﻦ ﹸﻳﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳــﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟﺴــﻘﻂ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏــﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺤﻘــﻖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘــﺪ ﺍﺑــﻦ‬ ‫ﻌﻮﻝ ﰲ‬‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪﻭ ﹶﻧ ﹸﻪ ﳑﱠﺎ ﹾﺍﺳﺘ ﹶﹶﺠﺪﹼ ﻋﲆ ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﺋ ﱠﻤﺔ ؛ ﻭ ﺇﻻﱠ ﻓـﺎ ﹸﳌ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﳊﴫﻱ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻮﻥ ! ‪ ).‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻗﺎﺋـﻞ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﺯﻛـﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺤﻘﻴﻖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻙ (‬
‫‪ -٣٢٧‬ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ ﻻﺑـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻢ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻣـﻊ ﳎﻤﻮﻋـﺔ ﺍﺑـﻦ‬
‫‪ -٣٣٢‬ﺍﳉــﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﻟــﺪﺭﺭ ﰲ ﺗﺮﲨــﺔ ﺍﳊــﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑــﻦ ﺣﺠــﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺻـﺪﺭﺕ ﻋـﻦ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋـﺪ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﺟ ﱢﻴـﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺨﺎﻭﻱ ﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻷﻋـﲆ ﻟﻠﺸـﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀــﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴــﻖ ﻋــﺎﻣﺮ ﺑــﻦ ﻋــﲇ ﻳﺎﺳــﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴــﻪ ﻋــﲇ ﺣﺴــﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻤﴫ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﳎﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻠﺒﻲ ﻭﻛ ﱡﻠ ﹸﻬﻢ ﹶﺣ ﱠﻘ ﹸﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣٣٣‬ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﻊ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻟﻠﺴﺨﺎﻭﻱ ﻻ‬ ‫‪ -٣٢٨‬ﻣﺼــﻨﻒ ﻋﺒــﺪ ﺍﻟــﺮﺯﺍﻕ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌــﺔ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓــﺔ ﺍﻹﺣــﺪ￯‬
‫ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﺓ ﻫـﻲ ﻃﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﻘـﺪﳼ ﰲ ﺍﺛﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﴩ ﹸﳎﻠﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﴩ ﺟﺰﺀ ﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣٢٩‬ﻧﺰﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﲈﺩﻱ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -٣٣٤‬ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﳎﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ـﺤﺤﻬﺎ ﻭﻫـﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﹶﺷﺎﻣ ﱠﻴﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻏﻴﺎﺙ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼـﺒﺎﻍ ‪ ،‬ﹶﺻ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ؛ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺗﹸﺬﻛﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﰲ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﺓ ﹶﻃ ﱢﻴﺒﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﻜـﺖ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﹸﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ؛ ﻟﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﲇ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺣﺎﺷـﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﹸﻜـﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑـﺄﺱ ﲠـﺎ ﰲ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻟﻨـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟـﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﻋـﱰ ﻃﺒﻌـﺎﺕ ﻻ ﹶ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﳌﺤﻤﺪ ﻛﲈﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﱢ ﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﳘﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻄ ﹸﺒـﻮﻉ‬
‫‪ -٣٣٥‬ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻓﻪ ﻻﺑـﻦ ﻃـﺎﻫﺮ ﹸﺣ ﱢﻘﻘـﺖ‬ ‫ﻭﺻ ﱢﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﱰﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺃﻭ ﲬﺴﲔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻘ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻴ ﹰﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﹸﳛﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻟ ﹸﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺟ ﱢﻴﺪﺓ ﰲ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ؛ ﻟﻜ ﱠﻨ ﹸﻪ ﹶ ﹶﲥ ﱠﺠﻢ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﳊـﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻊ ؛ ﻷ ﱠﻧ ﹸﻪ ﳜﺘﴫ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ !!!‬

‫‪ -٣٣٠‬ﲥﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻟﻸﺯﻫﺮﻱ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﻣـﻦ ﺃﻭﱃ ﻣـﺎ‬


‫ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪- ٤٢ -‬‬

You might also like